Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

from the hill called

Толкование Перевод

1 ἐλαιών

ἐλαιών, ῶνος, ὁ a site consisting primarily of olive trees, olive grove, olive orchard (oft. in pap since III B.C. [Dssm., NB 36ff=BS 208ff; BOlsson, Aegyptus 13, ’33, 327ff]; Strabo 16, 4, 14; LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 105). This word, which has become a proper name, is surely to be read Ac 1:12 ἀπὸ ὄρους τ. καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος from the hill called or known as ‘The Olive Grove’ = the Mount of Olives, s. ἐλαία 1 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 202 διὰ τοῦ Ἐλαιῶνος ὄρους; PLond II, 214, 9f p. 161 [III A.D.] εἰς ἀμπελικὸν χωρίον καλούμενον, Ἐλαιῶνα; TestNapht 5:1; ἐν τῷ ὄρει τοῦ Ἐλαιῶνος; Just., D. 99, 2 τὸ ὄρος τὸ λεγόμενον Ἐλαιών). Therefore it is also prob. to be so understood Lk 19:29; 21:37, where the accentuation ἐλαιῶν cannot be ruled out absolutely (B-D-F §143; W-S. §10, 4; Mlt. 49; 235; Rob. 154 n. 2; 267). The name Olivet is fr. Lat. olivetum = olive grove.—GDalman, Jerusalem 1930, 21–55: Orte³ 277–85 [Eng. tr 261–68]: WSchmauch, Der Oelberg: TLZ 77, ’52, 391–96; BCurtis, HUCA 28, ’57, 137–80; BHHW II 1139–40; s. also entry ἐλαία.—DELG. EDNT. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐλαιών
2 καλέω

κᾰλέω, [dialect] Aeol. [full] κάλημι (q.v.), [dialect] Ep. inf.

A καλήμεναι Il.10.125
: [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. καλέεσκον 6.402
; [ per.] 3sg.
κάλεσκε A.R.4.1514
: [tense] fut., [dialect] Ion. καλέω Il.3.383
, [dialect] Att. καλῶ Pl.Smp. 175a
, X.Smp.1.15, etc.; later καλέσω LXX Ge.16.11
, al., Ph.1.69, ([etym.] παρα-) D.8.14 codd., SIG656.40 (Teos, ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐγ-) v.l. in D.19.133, cf. 23.123 codd. ( καλέσω in S.Ph. 1452 (anap.), Ar.Pl. 964, etc., is [tense] aor. 1 subj.): [tense] aor. 1 ἐκάλεσα, [dialect] Ep. ἐκάλεσσα, κάλεσσα, Od. 17.379, Il.16.693 (late [dialect] Ep. ἔκλησα Nic.Fr.86
, late Prose ἐκάλησα Ps.Callisth. 3.35): [tense] pf. κέκληκα Ar.Pl. 260
, etc.:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Att. [tense] fut. καλοῦμαι Id.Nu. 1221
, Ec. 864; in pass. sense, S.El. 971, E.Or. 1140, etc.; later καλέσομαι ([etym.] ἐκ-, ἐπι-) dub.l. in Aeschin.1.174, Lycurg.17: [tense] aor.1 ἐκαλεσάμην Hdt.7.189
, Pl.Lg. 937a; [dialect] Ep. καλεσσάμην Il.1.54
, [ per.] 3pl. καλέσαντο ib. 270:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. κεκλήσομαι Il.3.138
, A.Th. 698 (lyr.), Pr. 840, etc.; κληθήσομαι Pl.Lg. 681d
, LXXGe.48.6, v.l. in E.Tr.13: [tense] aor. ἐκλήθην Archil.78
, S.OT 1359, Ar.Th. 862, etc.: [tense] pf. κέκλημαι, [dialect] Ep.[ per.] 3pl. κεκλήαται A.R.1.1128
, [dialect] Ion. κεκλέαται Hdt.2.164
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf. κεκλήατο Il.10.195
; opt. κεκλῄμην, κεκλῇο S.Ph. 119
, κεκλῄμεθα Ar.Lys. 253
: late [tense] pf. κεκάλεσμαι Suid.s.v. κλητή.

I call, summon, εἰς ἀγορὴν καλέσαντα Od.1.90
; ἐς Ὄλυμπον Il.1.402
; ἀγορήνδε, θάλαμόνδε, θάνατόνδε, Il.20.4, Od.2.348, Il.16.693: c. acc. only, κεκλήατο (for - ηντο) βουλήν they had been summoned to the council, 10.195: folld. by inf., αὐτοὶ γὰρ κάλεον συμμητιάασθαι ib. 197; καιρὸς καλεῖ.. S.Ph. 466
; κἄμ' ὑπηρετεῖν καλεῖς Id.El. 996
; κ. τινὰ εἰς ἕ, ἐπὶ οἷ, Il.23.203, Od.17.330, etc.; εἰς μαρτυρίαν κληθείς Pl.Lg. 937a
; ἐμὲ νῦν ἤδη καλεῖ ἡ εἱμαρμένη Id.Phd. 115a
; demand, require, ἡ ἡμέρα 'κείνη εὔνουν καὶ πλούσιον ἄνδρα ἐκάλει D.18.172
: [tense] aor. [voice] Med., καλέσασθαί τινα call to oneself, freq. in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.270, Od.8.43, etc.; φωνῇ Il.3.161
; ἀγορήνδε λαόν 1.54
; call a witness, Pl.Lg.l.c.

2 call to one's house or to a repast, invite (not in Il.), Od.10.231, 17.382, al., 1 Ep.Cor.10.27; later usu. with a word added, κ. ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Hdt.9.16
([voice] Pass.), X.Cyr.2.1.30, etc.; ἐς ἔρανον Pi.O.1.37
; ἐς θοίνην E. Ion 1140
; ὑπὸ σοῦ κεκλημένος Pl.Smp. 174d
, etc.; κληθέντες πρός τινα invited to his house, D.19.196; ὁ κεκλημένος the guest, Damox.2.26.

3 invoke, Δία Hdt.1.44
, cf. Pi.O.6.58, A.Th. 223; at sacrifices, Sch.Ar.Ra. 482; μάρτυρας κ. θεούς S.Tr. 1248
, cf. D.18.141:—[voice] Med., τοὺς θεοὺς καλούμεθα A.Ch. 201
, cf. 216; also μαρτύριά τε καὶ τεκμήρια καλεῖσθε Id.Eu. 486
; but ἀράς, ἅς σοι καλοῦμαι which I call down on thee, S.OC 1385:—[voice] Pass., of the god, to be invoked, A.Eu. 417.

4 as law-term, summon, of the judge, καλεῖν τινας εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον cite or summon before the court, D.19.211, etc.; simply καλεῖν ib.212, Ar.V. 851, etc.; ἐὰν μὲν καλέσῃ D.21.56
; also ὁ ἄρχων τὴν δίκην καλεῖ calls on the case, Ar. V. 1441:—[voice] Pass., ἡ πατροκτόνος δίκη κεκλῇτ' ἂν αὐτῷ S.Fr. 696
; πρὶν τὴν ἐμὴν [ δίκην] καλεῖσθαι before it is called on, Ar.Nu. 780; καλουμένης τῆς γραφῆς D.58.43
; but,

b of the plaintiff in [voice] Med., καλεῖσθαί τινα to sue at law, bring before the court, Ar.Nu. 1221, al., D.23.63; κ. τινὰ ὕβρεως Ar.Av. 1046
; κ. τινὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχήν Pl. Lg. 914c
; ὁ καλεσάμενος the plaintiff, PHal.1.224 (iii B.C.).

5 with an abstract subject, demand, require, καλεῖ ἡ τάξις c. inf., CPHerm. 25ii7 (iii A.D.).

6 metaph. in [voice] Pass., καλουμένης τῆς δυνάμεως πρὸς τὴν συναναληψίαν called forth, summoned, Sor.1.29.

II call by name, name, ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί Il.1.403
, cf. Od.5.273, etc.; κοτύλην δέ τέ μιν καλέουσι Il.5.306
; ὥς σφας καλοῦμεν Εὐμενίδας S.OC 486
, cf. A.Pr.86, etc.; ὄνομα καλεῖν τινα call him by a name, εἴπ' ὄνομ' ὅττι σε κεῖθι κάλεον Od.8.550
, cf. E. Ion 259, Pl.Cra. 383b, etc. (in [voice] Pass., οὔνομα καλέεσθαι Hdt.1.173
, cf. Pi.O.6.56): without ὄνομα, τί νιν καλοῦσα τύχοιμ' ἄν; A.Ag. 1232; τοῦτο αὐτὴν κάλεον Call. Fr. 66b
; τούτοις τὸ ὄνομα ἱμάτια ἐκαλέσαμεν Pl.Plt. 279e
([voice] Pass., τύμβῳ δ' ὄνομα σῷ κεκλήσεται shall be given to thy tomb, E.Hec. 1271); κ. ὄνομα ἐπί τινι give a name to something, Pl.Prm. 147d; but call (a man) a name because of some function, Id.Sph. 218c; κ. τινὰ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός Ev.Luc.1.59
; ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν τινα Plb.35.4.11
:—[voice] Pass., to be named or called, Μυρμιδόνες δὲ καλεῦντο Il.2.684
; εἰ τόδ' αὐτῷ φίλον κεκλημένῳ A.Ag. 161
(lyr.); ὁ καλούμενος the socalled, ἐν τῇ Θεράπνῃ καλεομένῃ Hdt.6.61
; ὁ κ. θάνατος Pl.Phd. 86d
; οἱ τῶν ὁμοτίμων κ. X.Cyr.2.1.9; κεκλημένος τινός called from or after him, Pi.P.3.67; καλεῖσθαι ἐπί τινι LXXGe.48.6
; κέκληνται δέ σφιν ἕδραι Pi.O.7.76
.

2 [voice] Pass., to be called, almost = εἰμί, esp. with words expressing kinship or status, ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι Od.7.313
, cf. A.Pers.2 (anap.); ἀφνειοὶ καλέονται Od.15.433
; esp. in [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. κέκλημαι, οὕνεκα σὴ παράκοιτις κέκλημαι because I am thy wife, Il.4.61; φίλη κεκλήσῃ ἄκοιτις 3.138
; αἲ γὰρ ἐμοὶ τοιόσδε πόσις κεκλημένος εἴη Od.6.244
; ἠγάγετ' ἐς μέγα δῶμα φίλην κεκλῆσθαι ἄκοιτιν Hes.Th. 410
; σὴ κεκλημένη.. ἦα h.Ap. 324
; μηδ' ἔτι Τηλεμάχοιο πατὴρ κεκλημένος εἴην Il.2.260
; οὔτινος δοῦλοι κέκληνται A.Pers. 242
, cf. S.El. 366, etc.

3 special constructions, a. Ἀλησίου ἔνθα κολώνη κέκληται where is the hill called the hill of Alesios, Il.11.758; ἵνα κριοῦ καλέονται εὐναί A.R.4.115
; ἔνθα ἡ Τριπυργία καλεῖται X.HG5.1.10
, etc.: -so in [voice] Act., ἔνθα Ῥέας πόρον ἄνθρωποι καλέοισιν where is the ford men call the ford of Rhea, Pi. N.9.41, cf. κικλήσκω, κλῄζω, κλέω.

b folld by a dependent clause, ἐκάλεσσέ νιν ἰσώνυμον ἔμμεν said that his name should be the same, Id.O.9.63; καλεῖ με πλαστὸς ὡς εἴην πατρί, i.e. καλεῖ με πλαστόν S. OT 780
; καλοῦμέν γε παραδιδόντα μὲν διδάσκειν we say that one who delivers teaches, Pl.Tht. 198b, cf. Smp. 205d; τὰς ἀμπέλους τραγᾶν καλοῦσιν Arist.HA 546a3
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καλέω
3 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
4 ὄρος

ὄρος, ους, τό (Hom.+) pl. τὰ ὄρη; gen., uncontracted ὀρέων (as early as X., An. 1, 2, 21 [Kühner-Bl. I 432]; SIG 646, 18 [170 B.C.]; LXX [Thackeray 151; Helbing 41f]; EpArist 119. Joseph. prefers ὀρῶν.—Schweizer 153; B-D-F §48; Mlt-H. 139) Rv 6:15; 1 Cl; Hermas (Reinhold 52); a relatively high elevation of land that projects higher than a βοῦνος (‘a minor elevation, hill’), mountain, mount, hill (in Eng. diction what is considered a ‘mountain’ in one locality may be called a ‘hill’ by someone from an area with extremely high mountain ranges; similar flexibility prevails in the use of ὄρος, and the Eng. glosses merely suggest a comparative perspective; in comparison w. Mt. Everest [8848 meters] or Mount McKinley [6194 meters] any mountain in Palestine is a mere hill) w. βουνός Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 23:30 (Hos 10:8). W. πέτρα Rv 6:16; cp. vs. 15. W. πεδίον (SIG 888, 120f) Hs 8, 1, 1; 8, 3, 2. W. νῆσος Rv 6:14; 16:20. As the scene of outstanding events and as places of solitude (PTebt 383, 61 [46 A.D.] ὄρος denotes ‘desert’; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 40 Zoroaster withdraws fr. among men and lives ἐν ὄρει; Herm. Wr. 13 ins. Hermes teaches his son Tat ἐν ὄρει) mountains play a large part in the gospels and in the apocalypses: Jesus preaches and heals on ‘the’ mountain Mt 5:1 (HCarré, JBL 42, 1923, 39–48; Appian, Mithrid. 77 §334 understands τὸ ὄρος in ref. to the Bithynian Olympus, but without naming it.—On the Sermon on the Mount s. GHeinrici, Beiträge II 1899; III 1905; JMüller, D. Bergpredigt 1906; KProost, De Bergrede 1914; HWeinel, D. Bergpr. 1920; KBornhäuser, D. Bergpr. 1923, ²1927; PFiebig, Jesu Bergpr. 1924; GKittel D. Bergpr. u. d. Ethik d. Judentums: ZST 2, 1925, 555–94; ASteinmann, D. Bergpr. 1926; AAhlberg, Bergpredikans etik 1930; MMeinertz, Z. Ethik d. Bergpr.: JMausbach Festschr. ’31, 21–32; HHuber, D. Bergpredigt ’32; RSeeberg, Z. Ethik der Bergpr. ’34; JSchneider, D. Sinn d. Bergpr. ’36; ALindsay, The Moral Teaching of Jesus ’37; MDibelius, The Sermon on the Mount ’40; TSoiron, D. Bergpr. Jesu ’41; DAndrews, The Sermon on the Mount ’42; HPreisker, D. Ethos des Urchristentums² ’49; HWindisch, The Mng. of the Sermon on the Mount [tr. Gilmour] ’51; WManson, Jesus the Messiah ’52, 77–93; TManson, The Sayings of Jesus ’54; GBornkamm, Jesus v. Naz. ’56, 92–100, 201–4 [Eng. tr. by JRobinson et al. ’60, 100–109, 221–25]; JJeremias, Die Bergpredigt ’59; JDupont, Les Béatitudes, I, rev. ed. ’58; II, ’69; W Davies, The Setting of the Sermon on the Mount, ’64; JManek, NovT 9, ’67, 124–31; HDBetz, The Sermon on the Mt [Hermeneia] ’95.—On the site of the Sermon, CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gosp., ’63, 204–13); 8:1; 15:29; calls the twelve Mk 3:13; performs oustanding miracles J 6:3; prays Mt 14:23; Mk 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28; ApcPt 2:4. On an ὄρος ὑψηλόν (Lucian, Charon 2) he is transfigured Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 and tempted Mt 4:8; the risen Christ shows himself on a mountain (cp. Herm. Wr. 13, 1) Mt 28:16. Jesus is taken away by the Holy Spirit εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ μέγα τὸ Θαβώρ GHb 20, 61 (cp. Iren. 1, 14, 6 [Harv. I 139, 8: gnostic speculation]); likew. the author of Rv ἐπὶ ὄρος μέγα κ. ὑψηλόν Rv 21:10. From the top of one mountain the angel of repentance shows Hermas twelve other mountains Hs 9, 1, 4; 7ff. On the use of mt. in apocalyptic lang. s. also Rv 8:8; 17:9 (ἑπτὰ ὄρ. as En 24:2. Cp. JohJeremias, D. Gottesberg 1919; RFrieling, D. hl. Berg im A u. NT 1930). GJs 22:3 ὄρ. θεοῦ, where follows ἐδιχάσθη τὸ ὄρ. and ἦν τὸ ὄρ. ἐκεῖνο διαφαῖνον αὐτῇ φῶς the mt. split and that mt. was a bright light for her. On theophanies and mountain motif s. JReeves, Heralds of That Good Realm ’96, 148f.—Of the mt. to which Abraham brought his son, to sacrifice him there 1 Cl 10:7 (cp. Gen 22:2; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac.). Esp. of Sinai (over a dozen sites have been proposed for it) τὸ ὄρος Σινά (LXX.—τὸ Σιναῖον ὄρ. Jos., Ant. 2, 283f) Ac 7:30, 38; Gal 4:24f; 11:3 (cp. Is 16:1); 14:2 (cp. Ex 31:18); 15:1; also without mention of the name: Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40); 12:20 (cp. Ex 19:13); 1 Cl 53:2; 4:7. Of the hill of Zion (Σιών) Hb 12:22; Rv 14:1. τὸ ὄρ. τῶν ἐλαιῶν the Hill or Mount of Olives (s. ἐλαία 1; about 17 meters higher than Jerusalem) Mt 21:1; 26:30; Mk 14:26; Lk 19:37; 22:39; J 8:1 al. τὸ ὄρ. τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν Lk 19:29; 21:37; Ac 1:12 (s. ἐλαιών). Of Mt. Gerizim, about 868 meters in height (without mention of the name) J 4:20f (cp. Jos., Ant. 12, 10; 13, 74).—πόλις ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη a city located on an eminence or hill Mt 5:14 (cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 203 πόλις ἐπʼ ὄρους κειμένη). Also πόλις οἰκοδομημένη ἐπʼ ἄκρον ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ Ox 1 recto, 17 (GTh 32) (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀστέριον says this city was so named ὅτι ἐφʼ ὑψηλοῦ ὄρους κειμένη τοῖς πόρρωθεν ὡς ἀστὴρ φαίνεται).—Pl. τὰ ὄρη hills, mountains, hilly or mountainous country (somet. the sing. also means hill-country [Diod S 20, 58, 2 an ὄρος ὑψηλὸν that extends for 200 stades, roughly 40 km.; Polyaenus 4, 2, 4 al. sing. = hill-country; Tob 5:6 S]) AcPl Ha 5, 18; as a place for pasture Mt 18:12.—Mk 5:11; Lk 8:32. As a remote place (s. above; also Dio Chrys. 4, 4) w. ἐρημίαι Hb 11:38. As a place for graves (cp. POxy 274, 27 [I A.D.]; PRyl 153, 5; PGrenf II, 77, 22: the grave-digger is to bring a corpse εἰς τὸ ὄρος for burial) Mk 5:5. Because of their isolation an ideal refuge for fugitives (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 30 §130 ἐς ὄρος ἔφυγεν=to the hill-country; 1 Macc 9:40) φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρ. (Plut., Mor. 869b οἱ ἄνθρωποι καταφυγόντες εἰς τὰ ὄρη διεσώθησαν; Jos., Bell. 1, 36, Ant. 14, 418) Mt 24:16; Mk 13:14; Lk 21:21.—Proverbially ὄρη μεθιστάνειν remove mountains i.e. do something that seems impossible 1 Cor 13:2; cp. Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 11:23. Of God: μεθιστάνει τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὰ ὄρη καὶ τοὺς βουνοὺς καὶ τὰς θαλάσσας (God) is moving from their places the heavens and mountains and hills and seas Hv 1, 3, 4 (cp. Is 54:10 and a similar combination PGM 13, 874 αἱ πέτραι κ. τὰ ὄρη κ. ἡ θάλασσα κτλ.).—B. 23. DELG. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄρος
5 nehmen

v/t; nimmt, nahm, hat genommen

1. ([er]greifen, an sich bringen) take; (in Empfang nehmen) receive; (jemanden einstellen) take s.o.; (kaufen) take; in die Hand / unter den Arm nehmen take in one’s hand / put under one’s arm; etw. an sich nehmen take s.th.; zu sich nehmen (Person) take s.o. in; Gott hat sie zu sich genommen geh. euph. God has called her home; sich (Dat) eine Frau oder einen Mann nehmen (heiraten) umg. take a wife oder a husband; woher nehmen und nicht stehlen? hum. where (on earth) am I supposed to get hold of that ( oder them etc.)?; auf sich nehmen undertake, take upon o.s., (Amt, Bürde) assume, (Verantwortung) accept, take; die Folgen auf sich nehmen bear the consequences; er nahm sie mit Gewalt fig. he took her by force

2. (wegnehmen) take; (sich aneignen) take away; (rauben) deprive of hope, rights etc.; jemandem die Angst etc. nehmen take away s.o.’s fear etc.; jemandem die Sicht nehmen block s.o.’s view; das nimmt der Sache den oder jeden Reiz that spoils it, that takes the fun out of it; der Krieg hat ihr den Mann genommen she lost her husband in the war; das lasse ich mir nicht nehmen I won’t be done out of that; (ich bin davon überzeugt) nobody’s going to talk me out of that; er lässt es sich nicht nehmen zu... he insists on... (+ Ger.)

3. (essen) have; zu sich nehmen have; ich habe den ganzen Tag noch nichts zu mir genommen I haven’t had anything to eat or drink all day; nehmen Sie noch Tee? will you have some more tea?; ich nehme Hühnchen mit Reis I’ll have chicken with rice; einen nehmen umg. (Schnaps) have one; nehmen Sie doch noch einen go on, have another one

4. Medizin etc.: take; Drogen nehmen take drugs; Pille

5. (benutzen) use; (sich bedienen) help o.s. to; (Beförderungsmittel) take; (in Anspruch nehmen) (Anwalt etc.) take, get (hold of); man nehme Rezept: take

6. (bewältigen) (Hindernis) take, clear; MOT. (Kurve, Steigung) take, negotiate

7. (auffassen): wörtlich nehmen take literally; nimm’s nicht so tragisch umg. don’t take it to heart

8. (sich vorstellen): nehmen wir den Fall, dass let’s assume that, suppose that; nehmen wir einen Dichter wie Shakespeare let’s take a poet such as Shakespeare

9. (behandeln, umgehen mit): jemanden zu nehmen wissen know how to handle s.o.; er versteht es, die Kunden richtig zu nehmen he has a way with customers; du musst ihn nehmen, wie er ist you have to take him as he is

10. (betrachten): du darfst das nicht wörtlich nehmen you shouldn’t take it literally; wie man’s nimmt it depends

11. SPORT (foulen): jemanden hart nehmen commit a blatant foul on s.o.

12. MIL. take, capture; nach langer Belagerung nahmen sie die Stadt they took the city after a long siege

13. auf Band / Videokassette nehmen tape / record on video

14. (als Zahlung fordern) charge, take

* * *

to take; to lay hold of

* * *
neh|men ['neːmən] pret nahm [naːm] ptp geno\#mmen [gə'nɔmən]
vti

1) (= ergreifen) to take

etw in die Hand néhmen (lit) — to pick sth up; (fig) to take sth in hand

2) (= wegnehmen) to take; Schmerz to take away, to relieve; (= versperren) Blick, Sicht to block

jdm etw néhmen — to take sth (away) from sb

jdm die Hoffnung/den Glauben/die Freude néhmen — to take away sb's hope/faith/joy, to rob or deprive sb of his hope/faith/joy

um ihm die Angst zu néhmen — to stop him being afraid

ihm sind seine Illusionen genommen worden — his illusions were shattered

nicht néhmen, mich persönlich hinauszubegleiten — he insisted on showing me out himself

diesen Erfolg lasse ich mir nicht néhmen — I won't be robbed of this success

woher néhmen und nicht stehlen? (inf) — where on earth am I going to find any/one etc?

nichts (inf) — there's nothing to choose between them, one's as good as the other

vom Brot/Fleisch néhmen — to help oneself to bread/meat

néhmen Sie sich doch bitte! — please help yourself

3) (= benutzen) Auto, Zug etc to take; Bürste, Zutaten, Farbe to use

man nehme... (Cook) — take...

etw néhmen (Zimmer, Wohnung) — to take sth

einen Anwalt/eine Hilfe néhmen — to get a lawyer/some help

4) (= annehmen) Geschenk, Stelle, Bewerber, Anwalt to take; (= berechnen) to charge

was néhmen Sie dafür? — how much will you take for it?

jdn zu sich néhmen — to take sb in

Gott hat ihn zu sich genommen (euph) — he has been called home to his maker

etw néhmen, wie es kommt — to take sth as it comes

jdn néhmen, wie er ist — to take sb as he is

néhmen — to take sth upon oneself

er ist immer der Nehmende — he does all the taking, with him it's just take take take (inf)

die Nehmenden und die Gebenden — the takers and the givers

5) (= einnehmen) to take; Essen to have, to take

sie nimmt Rauschgift/die Pille — she's on drugs/the pill, she takes drugs/the pill

etw zu sich néhmen — to take sth, to partake of sth (liter)

der Patient hat nichts zu sich néhmen können — the patient has been unable to take nourishment

6) (= auffassen) to take; (= behandeln) to handle, to treat

wenn Sie das so néhmen wollen — if you care or choose to take it that way

etw für ein or als Zeichen néhmen — to take sth as a sign or an omen

wie mans nimmt (inf) — depending on your point of view

wissen, wie man jdn néhmen muss or soll — to know how to take sb

7) (= auswählen) to take; Essen, Menü to have, to take

einen Mann/eine Frau néhmen — to take a husband/wife

8) Hürde, Festung, Stadt, Frau to take; Schwierigkeiten to overcome

das Auto nahm den Berg im dritten Gang — the car took the hill in third gear

* * *

1) (to do or take: I'll have a drink; Let me have a try.) have

2) ((often with down, out etc) to reach out for and grasp, hold, lift, pull etc: He took my hand; He took the book down from the shelf; He opened the drawer and took out a gun; I've had a tooth taken out.) take

3) (to get, receive, buy, rent etc: I'm taking French lessons; I'll take three kilos of strawberries; We took a house in London.) take

4) (to travel by (bus etc): I'm taking the next train to London; I took a taxi.) take

5) (to remove, use, occupy etc with or without permission: Someone's taken my coat; He took all my money.) take

6) (to consider (as an example): Take John for example.) take

7) ((often with away, from, off) to make less or smaller by a certain amount: Take (away) four from ten, and that leaves six.) take

8) (to go down or go into (a road): Take the second road on the left.) take

* * *

neh·men

<nahm, genommen>

[ˈne:mən]

vt

1. (greifen)

▪ [sich dat] etw \nehmen to take sth; (sich bedienen) to help oneself to sth

jdn am Arm/an der Hand \nehmen to take sb's arm/hand [or sb by the arm/hand]

etw in die Hand \nehmen to take sth in one's hand

2. (besitzen)

▪ [sich dat] etw \nehmen to take sth; SCHACH to take [or capture] sth

▪ \nehmen, was... to take what...

3. (heiraten)

▪ [sich dat] jdn \nehmen to marry sb

sie wird keiner \nehmen! nobody'll want to marry her!, she'll never get a man!

[sich dat] eine Frau/einen Mann \nehmen to take a wife/husband

4. (annehmen)

▪ etw \nehmen to accept [or take] sth

nimmst du ein Bier? do you want a beer?

\nehmen Sie bitte meinen Dank (geh) please accept my gratitude

5. (stehlen)

▪ [jdm] etw \nehmen to take [sb's] sth

man hat [uns] alles genommen they took everything, we were cleaned out fam

▪ [jdm] jdn \nehmen (fig)

die Flut/der Krieg nahm ihr den Sohn she lost her son to the flood/in the war

Gott hat sie zu sich genommen God has taken her to [or old unto] Himself

6. (entziehen)

▪ [jdm/etw] etw \nehmen to take [away sep] sth from sb/sth, to take [away sep] sb's/sth's sth

das nimmt der Sache das ganz Interessante daran that takes all the interest out of the matter

jdm Angst/Bedenken \nehmen to take away [or ease] sb's fear/doubts

jdm Freude/Glück/Hoffnung/Spaß \nehmen to take away sb's [or to rob [or deprive] sb of their] joy/happiness/hope/fun

jdm alle Illusionen \nehmen to disillusion sb

jdm die Sicht \nehmen to block sb's view

7. (befreien)

▪ etw [von jdm] \nehmen to take [away sep] [sb's] sth, to relieve sb of his/her sth

8. (nutzen)

▪ etw [für etw akk/in etw akk] \nehmen:

nimm nicht so viel Salz don't use so much salt

man nehme: 6 Eier, 100 Gramm Zucker,... take 6 eggs, 100 grams of sugar,...

Milch/Zucker in den Tee \nehmen to take milk/sugar in one's tea

einen anderen Weg \nehmen (fig) to take a different path

Werkzeug \nehmen to use tools

▪ etw als etw \nehmen to use sth as sth

▪ etw von etw dat \nehmen to use sth from sth

davon braucht man nur ganz wenig zu \nehmen you only need to use a small amount

9. (bei sich bringen)

▪ jdn/etw irgendwohin \nehmen to take [or put] sb/sth somewhere

ein Kind auf den Schoß \nehmen to take [or sit] a child on one's lap

jdn in die Mitte \nehmen to take sb in one's midst

jdn/etw auf die Schultern \nehmen to take [or put] sb/sth on one's shoulders, to shoulder sth

▪ jdn/etw an sich akk \nehmen to take sb/sth; (aufheben) to pick [or take] up sb/sth sep; (aufbewahren) to take charge of sth; (jdn aufnehmen) to take sb in one's charge

10. (laden)

▪ etw \nehmen Schiff to take on [or be loaded with] sth

11. (herausbringen)

▪ jdn/etw aus etw dat \nehmen to take sb/sth out of sth

▪ jdn/etw von etw dat \nehmen to take sb/sth from [or off] sth

nimm die Finger davon! take your fingers off!

den Hut vom Kopf \nehmen to take off sep one's hat

12. (weigern)

sein Kind aus der Schule \nehmen to stop one's child from going to school

13. (engagieren)

▪ [sich dat] jdn \nehmen to get sb

14. TRANSP (benutzen)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

heute nehme ich das Auto/die Bahn/den Bus I'll take the car/train/bus [or go by car/train/bus] today

15. (wählen)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

▪ jdn [als jdn] \nehmen to take sb [as sb]

16. (unterbringen)

▪ jdn ins Haus [o zu sich dat] \nehmen to take in sb sep; Verwandte to have sb come and live with one

17. (beanspruchen)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

18. (fordern)

▪ etw [für etw akk] \nehmen to want sth [for sth]; Verkäufer a. to ask [or charge] sth for sth

\nehmen Sie sonst noch was? would you like anything else?

19. (geh: verzehren)

▪ etw [zu sich dat] \nehmen to have [or drink/eat] sth, to partake of sth form

das Abendmahl \nehmen to receive Communion

das Frühstück \nehmen to eat [or have] [or take] breakfast, to breakfast

20. (Medikament)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth; (regelmäßig a.) to be on sth

21. (verstehen)

▪ etw als etw \nehmen to take sth as [or to be] sth

22. (bewerten)

jdn ernst \nehmen to take sb seriously

etw ernst/wörtlich \nehmen to take sth seriously/literally

etw tragisch \nehmen (fam) to take sth to heart

23. DIAL (verkennen)

▪ jdn für jdn \nehmen to take [or mistake] sb for sb

24. (akzeptieren)

jdn/etw [so] \nehmen, wie er/sie/es ist to take sb/sth as he/she/it is

etw \nehmen, wie es kommt to take sth as it comes

die Dinger \nehmen, wie sie kommen to take things as they come

25. (denken)

▪ jdn/etw \nehmen to take sb/sth

\nehmen wir den Fall, dass... let's assume [that]...

26. (umgehen)

jdn/etw zu \nehmen wissen, wissen, wie man jdn/etw \nehmen muss to know how to take sb/sth

▪ jdn wie jdn \nehmen to treat sb like sb

27. (überwinden)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

28. MIL (erobern)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

29. (koitieren)

▪ jdn \nehmen to take sb

30. (mitschneiden)

▪ etw auf etw akk \nehmen to record sth on sth

etw auf Band \nehmen to record sth on tape, to tape sth

31. (fotografieren)

▪ etw auf etw akk \nehmen to take a picture [or photo] of sth on sth

32. (foulen)

jdn hart \nehmen to foul sb badly

33. SPORT (auffangen)

den Ball \nehmen to take the ball

einen Schlag \nehmen Boxer to take a punch

34. (mieten)

▪ sich dat etw \nehmen to take sth

35. siehe auch n

Abschrift \nehmen (form) to make a copy

etw in Arbeit \nehmen to start work on sth

eine gute Entwicklung \nehmen to develop well

seinen Rücktritt \nehmen to resign

Wohnung \nehmen (geh) to rent an apartment

36.

▶ etw an sich akk \nehmen, etw auf sich akk \nehmen to take sth upon oneself

die Schuld auf sich akk \nehmen to take the blame

▶ es auf sich akk \nehmen, etw zu tun to take it upon oneself to do sth

▶ einen \nehmen (fam) to have a drink

▶ sich dat etw nicht \nehmen lassen to not be robbed of sth

▶ es sich dat nicht \nehmen lassen, etw zu tun to insist on doing sth

▶ sie \nehmen sich dat nichts (fam) they're both the same [or as good/bad as each other]

▶ woher \nehmen und nicht stehlen? where on earth is one going to get that from?

▶ jdn nicht für voll \nehmen (fam) to not take sb seriously

▶ wie man's nimmt (fam) whatever [or how ever] you like

* * *

unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) take

etwas in die Hand/unter den Arm nehmen — take something in one's hand/take or put something under one's arm

etwas an sich (Akk.) nehmen — pick something up; (und aufbewahren) take charge of something

sich (Dat.) etwas nehmen — take something; (sich bedienen) help oneself to something

zu sich nehmen — take in < orphan>

sie nahm ihren Vater zu sich — she had her father come and live with her

auf sich (Akk.) nehmen — take on <responsibility, burden>; take < blame>

die Dinge nehmen, wie sie kommen — take things as they come

2) (wegnehmen)

jemandem/einer Sache etwas nehmen — deprive somebody/something of something

jemandem die Sicht/den Ausblick nehmen — block somebody's view

die Angst von jemandem nehmen — relieve somebody of his/her fear

es sich (Dat.) nicht nehmen lassen, etwas zu tun — not let anything stop one from doing something

3) (benutzen) use <ingredients, washing powder, wool, brush, knitting needles, etc.>

man nehme... — (in Rezepten) take...

den Zug/ein Taxi usw. nehmen — take the train/a taxi etc.

[sich (Dat.)] einen Anwalt usw. nehmen — get a lawyer etc.

4) (aussuchen) take

ich nehme die Pastete — I'll have the pâté

5) (in Anspruch nehmen) take <lessons, holiday, etc.>

6) (verlangen) charge

7) (einnehmen, essen) take <medicines, tablets, etc.>

etwas [Richtiges] zu sich nehmen — have something [decent] to eat

sie nimmt die Pille — she's taking or she's on the pill (coll.)

8) (auffassen) take ( als as)

etwas/jemanden ernst/etwas leicht nehmen — take something/somebody seriously/take something lightly

jemanden nicht für voll nehmen — (ugs.) not take somebody seriously

9) (behandeln) treat < person>

10) (überwinden, militärisch einnehmen) take <obstacle, bend, incline, village, bridgehead, etc.>; (fig.) take < woman>

11) (Sport) take < ball, punch>

einen Spieler hart nehmen — foul a player blatantly

* * *

nehmen v/t; nimmt, nahm, hat genommen

1. ([er]greifen, an sich bringen) take; (in Empfang nehmen) receive; (jemanden einstellen) take sb; (kaufen) take;

in die Hand/unter den Arm nehmen take in one’s hand/put under one’s arm;

etwas an sich nehmen take sth;

zu sich nehmen (Person) take sb in;

Gott hat sie zu sich genommen geh euph God has called her home;

sich (dat)

eine Frau oder

einen Mann nehmen (heiraten) umg take a wife oder a husband;

woher nehmen und nicht stehlen? hum where (on earth) am I supposed to get hold of that ( oder them etc)?;

auf sich nehmen undertake, take upon o.s., (Amt, Bürde) assume, (Verantwortung) accept, take;

die Folgen auf sich nehmen bear the consequences;

er nahm sie mit Gewalt fig he took her by force

2. (wegnehmen) take; (sich aneignen) take away; (rauben) deprive of hope, rights etc;

jemandem die Angst etc

nehmen take away sb’s fear etc;

jemandem die Sicht nehmen block sb’s view;

das nimmt der Sache den oder

jeden Reiz that spoils it, that takes the fun out of it;

der Krieg hat ihr den Mann genommen she lost her husband in the war;

das lasse ich mir nicht nehmen I won’t be done out of that; (ich bin davon überzeugt) nobody’s going to talk me out of that;

er lässt es sich nicht nehmen zu … he insists on … (+ger)

3. (essen) have;

zu sich nehmen have;

ich habe den ganzen Tag noch nichts zu mir genommen I haven’t had anything to eat or drink all day;

nehmen Sie noch Tee? will you have some more tea?;

ich nehme Hühnchen mit Reis I’ll have chicken with rice;

einen nehmen umg (Schnaps) have one;

nehmen Sie doch noch einen go on, have another one

4. Medizin etc: take;

Drogen nehmen take drugs; → Pille

5. (benutzen) use; (sich bedienen) help o.s. to; (Beförderungsmittel) take; (in Anspruch nehmen) (Anwalt etc) take, get (hold of);

man nehme Rezept: take

6. (bewältigen) (Hindernis) take, clear; AUTO (Kurve, Steigung) take, negotiate

7. (auffassen):

wörtlich nehmen take literally;

nimm’s nicht so tragisch umg don’t take it to heart

8. (sich vorstellen):

nehmen wir den Fall, dass let’s assume that, suppose that;

nehmen wir einen Dichter wie Shakespeare let’s take a poet such as Shakespeare

9. (behandeln, umgehen mit):

jemanden zu nehmen wissen know how to handle sb;

er versteht es, die Kunden richtig zu nehmen he has a way with customers;

du musst ihn nehmen, wie er ist you have to take him as he is

10. (betrachten):

du darfst das nicht wörtlich nehmen you shouldn’t take it literally;

wie man’s nimmt it depends

11. SPORT (foulen):

jemanden hart nehmen commit a blatant foul on sb

12. MIL take, capture;

nach langer Belagerung nahmen sie die Stadt they took the city after a long siege

13.

auf Band/Videokassette nehmen tape/record on video

14. (als Zahlung fordern) charge, take

* * *

unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) take

etwas in die Hand/unter den Arm nehmen — take something in one's hand/take or put something under one's arm

etwas an sich (Akk.) nehmen — pick something up; (und aufbewahren) take charge of something

sich (Dat.) etwas nehmen — take something; (sich bedienen) help oneself to something

zu sich nehmen — take in < orphan>

sie nahm ihren Vater zu sich — she had her father come and live with her

auf sich (Akk.) nehmen — take on <responsibility, burden>; take < blame>

die Dinge nehmen, wie sie kommen — take things as they come

2) (wegnehmen)

jemandem/einer Sache etwas nehmen — deprive somebody/something of something

jemandem die Sicht/den Ausblick nehmen — block somebody's view

die Angst von jemandem nehmen — relieve somebody of his/her fear

es sich (Dat.) nicht nehmen lassen, etwas zu tun — not let anything stop one from doing something

3) (benutzen) use <ingredients, washing powder, wool, brush, knitting needles, etc.>

man nehme... — (in Rezepten) take...

den Zug/ein Taxi usw. nehmen — take the train/a taxi etc.

[sich (Dat.)] einen Anwalt usw. nehmen — get a lawyer etc.

4) (aussuchen) take

ich nehme die Pastete — I'll have the pâté

5) (in Anspruch nehmen) take <lessons, holiday, etc.>

6) (verlangen) charge

7) (einnehmen, essen) take <medicines, tablets, etc.>

etwas [Richtiges] zu sich nehmen — have something [decent] to eat

sie nimmt die Pille — she's taking or she's on the pill (coll.)

8) (auffassen) take ( als as)

etwas/jemanden ernst/etwas leicht nehmen — take something/somebody seriously/take something lightly

jemanden nicht für voll nehmen — (ugs.) not take somebody seriously

9) (behandeln) treat < person>

10) (überwinden, militärisch einnehmen) take <obstacle, bend, incline, village, bridgehead, etc.>; (fig.) take < woman>

11) (Sport) take <ball, punch>

einen Spieler hart nehmen — foul a player blatantly

* * *

v.

(§ p.,pp.: nahm, genommen)

= to take v.

(§ p.,p.p.: took, taken) v.

to take v.

(§ p.,p.p.: took, taken)

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nehmen
6 pie

m.

1 foot.

a pie on foot

prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot

estar de o en pie to be on one's feet o standing

ponerse de o en pie to stand up

llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours

de pies a cabeza (figurative) from head to toe

perder/no hacer pie to go/to be out of one's depth

pie de atleta athlete's foot

pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters

pies planos flat feet

2 stand.

pie de foto caption

pie de página (computing) footer

3 cue (Teatro).

4 leg, central support.

5 Computer Science Academic Program.

6 pes.

pret.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) Preterite Indicative of Spanish verb: piar.

* * *

pie

► nombre masculino

1 ANATOMÍA foot

■ llevo de pie todo el día I've been on my feet all day

■ me duelen los pies my feet ache

2 (base - de una lámpara) base; (- de una escultura) plinth

3 (de un verso) foot

4 (medida de longitud) foot

5 (de un documento) foot; (de una fotografía, dibujo) caption

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a los pies de la cama at the foot of the bed

a pie on foot

al pie de (cerca) close by

al pie de la letra word for word

al pie del cañón familiar hard at it, working

buscarle los tres pies al gato familiar to split hairs

creer algo a pies juntillas familiar to believe something implicitly

dar pie a to give occasion for

de los pies a la cabeza from head to toe

empezar con buen/mal pie to start off on the right/wrong foot

estar en pie de guerra to be on a war footing 2 figurado to be on the war path

hacer pie to touch the bottom

ir con pies de plomo to tread very carefully

nacer de pie to be born with a silver spoon in one's mouth

no dar pie con bola to mess everything up, not get anything right

no tener ni pies ni cabeza to be ludicrous, be absurd

pararle los pies a alguien to put somebody in their place

poner los pies en to set foot in

ponerse de/en pie to get to one's feet, stand up

saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know what somebody's weakness is

tenerse de pie to keep on one's feet

pie de atleta athlete's foot

pie de imprenta imprint

pies planos flat feet

* * *

noun m.

1) foot

2) cue

* * *

SM

1) (Anat) foot

levanta el pie izquierdo — lift your left foot

las plantas de los pies — the soles of the feet

no arrastres los pies al andar — don't drag your feet while you walk

con los pies descalzos — barefoot

se le fueron los pies — he slipped

poner el pie en el acelerador — (lit) to step on the gas *; (fig) to speed things up, step up the pace

volverse pies atrás — to retrace one's steps

pie de atleta — athlete's foot

pie de cabra — crowbar

pie de rey — slide gauge

pies de barro — feet of clay

pies de cerdo — (Culin) (pig's) trotters

pies de gato — climbing boots

pies planos — flat feet

2) [locuciones]

• a pie — on foot

ir a pie — to go on foot, walk

• estar de pie — to be standing (up)

estaba de pie junto a mi cama — he was standing next to my bed

permanecieron mucho tiempo de pie — they were standing for a long time, they were on their feet a long time

• en pie, llevo en pie desde las cuatro — I've been up since four

mantenerse en pie — [persona] to stay standing o on one's feet; [objeto] to remain upright

la oferta sigue en pie — the offer still stands

ganado en pie — LAm cattle on the hoof

• a pie enjuto — † (lit) dry-shod; (fig) without danger, without any risk

• a pie firme † —

permanecer a pie firme — to remain steadfast

• ponerse de o en pie — to stand up

- de a pie

gente de a pie — common o ordinary folk

el hombre de a pie — the man in the street

el español de a pie — the average Spaniard

soldado de a pie — ( Hist) foot-soldier

- andar con pies de plomo

- de pies a cabeza

se mojó de pies a cabeza — she got soaked from head to foot

es un caballero de pies a cabeza — he's a gentleman through and through

- caer de pie

- cojear del mismo pie

hacer algo con los pies * —

han redactado este contrato con los pies — they've made a mess of drawing up this contract

estás pensando con los pies — you're not using your head

- con los pies por delante

se lo llevaron con los pies por delante — he left feet first, he left in a (wooden) box

- no dar pie con bola

hoy no doy pie con bola — I can't seem to get anything right today

- dale el pie y se tomará la mano

- entrar con buen pie o con el pie derecho

- estar con un pie en el hoyo

- hacer pie

no hacer pie — to be out of one's depth

a pies juntillas — blindly

se lo creyeron a pies juntillas — they blindly believed it

- levantarse con el pie izquierdo

- nacer de pie

- parar los pies a algn

- perder el pie

- poner el pie o los pies en

desde el pasado sábado, mi padre no ha puesto los pies en casa — my father hasn't set foot in the house since last Saturday

- poner los pies en el suelo

- poner los pies en polvorosa

- sacar los pies del plato o tiesto

- salir por pies

sin pies ni cabeza —

un argumento sin pies ni cabeza — an absurd argument

el mensaje no tenía ni pies ni cabeza — the message didn't make any sense at all, I couldn't make head or tail of the message

el plan no tiene ni pies ni cabeza — the plan is totally unworkable
buscar 1., 1), a)
3) (=base) [de columna, estatua, lámpara] base; [de cama] foot; [de colina, escalera] foot, bottom; [de copa] stem; [de calcetín] foot

a los pies de la cama — at the foot of the bed

al pie del monte — at the foot o bottom of the mountain

al pie de ese edificio — next to that building, right beside that building

al pie de fábrica — ex-works

al pie de la obra — (Com) including delivery charges

al pie del cañón —

este fin de semana estará al pie del cañón — he'll be hard at work this weekend

ha cumplido 30 años al pie del cañon — he spent 30 years on the job

morir al pie del cañón — to die in harness

4) [de página] foot, bottom; [de foto] caption

notas a pie de página — footnotes

- al pie de la letra

pie de imprenta — imprint

5) (Bot) [de árbol] trunk; [de planta] stem; [de rosa] stock

6) (=unidad de medida) foot

tiene cuatro pies de largo — it is four feet long

pie cuadrado — square foot

7) (Teat) cue

8) [de vino] sediment

9) (=causa)

• dar pie a — to give cause for

dar pie para que algn haga algo — to give sb cause to do sth

10) (=posición)

• estar en pie de igualdad — to be on an equal footing ( con with)

estar en pie de guerra — (lit) to be on a war footing, be ready to go to war; (fig) to be on the warpath

poner a algn en pie de guerra — to get sb up in arms

11) (Literat) foot

12) Cono Sur * (=pago) deposit, down payment

13)

pie de vía — CAm (Aut) indicator, turn signal (EEUU)

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) (Anat) foot

un dedo del pie — a toe

tiene (los) pies planos — she has flat feet

a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

b) (en locs)

a pie — on foot

¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

de pie — standing

tuve que viajar de pie todo el camino — I had to stand all the way

ponte de pie — stand up

en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

- pie de atleta

2)

a) (de calcetín, media) foot

b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem

c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

al pie de la letra — exactly

sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra — follow my instructions to the letter o exactly

al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

d) ( de cama) tb

pies — foot

- pie de firma

- pie de fotografía

- pie de fuerza

- pie de imprenta

3) (Bot) cutting, slip

4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot

•

- pie quebrado
II [pai]
masculino (AmL) pie

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) (Anat) foot

un dedo del pie — a toe

tiene (los) pies planos — she has flat feet

a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

b) (en locs)

a pie — on foot

¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

de pie — standing

tuve que viajar de pie todo el camino — I had to stand all the way

ponte de pie — stand up

en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

- pie de atleta

2)

a) (de calcetín, media) foot

b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem

c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

al pie de la letra — exactly

sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra — follow my instructions to the letter o exactly

al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

d) ( de cama) tb

pies — foot

- pie de firma

- pie de fotografía

- pie de fuerza

- pie de imprenta

3) (Bot) cutting, slip

4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot

•

- pie quebrado
II [pai]
masculino (AmL) pie

* * *

pie¹

¹ = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.

Ex: She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.

Ex: The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.

Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.

* alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.

* al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).

* al pie de la letra = to the letter.

* andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.

* andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.

* apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.

* a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.

* a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.

* a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.

* apoyo para los pies = footrest.

* arrastrando los pies = shuffling.

* arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* arreglarse los pies = pedicure.

* atar de pies y manos = hogtie.

* bajo los pies = underfoot.

* baño de pies = footbath.

* bomba de pie = foot pump.

* buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.

* buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.

* buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.

* caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* carrera a pie = foot race.

* comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.

* cuidado de los pies = footcare.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dedo del pie = toe.

* dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.

* dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* dejar de pie = leave + standing.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de nuevo en pie = up and about.

* de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de pies ligeros = swift-footed.

* de pies planos = flat-footed.

* desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* distancia a pie = walking distance.

* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.

* en pie = up and about.

* en pie de guerra = on the warpath.

* entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].

* gente de a pie = ordinary people.

* hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.

* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.

* lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.

* levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.

* mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.

* no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.

* nota a pie de página = footnote.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.

* perchero de pie = coat-stand.

* perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.

* pie de atleta = athlete's foot.

* pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.

* pie de obra = building site.

* pie de página = footer.

* pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.

* pie de pie = standing.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.

* pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.

* planta del pie = sole.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.

* sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.

* sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.

* salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.

* seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.

* seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.

* seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.

* sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tiña del pie = tinea pedis.

* uña del pie = toenail.

* visita a pie = walking tour.

pie²

² = foot [feet, -pl.].

Nota: Medida equivalente a 30 centímetros.

Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

* de un pie de grosor = foot-thick.

* pie cuadrado = square foot (sq. ft.).

* pie lineal = linear foot.

pie³

³ = winter.

Nota: En la prensa antigua de madera, travesaño que unía los postes de madera verticales que servían de soporte a toda la prensa por la parte de abajo y que servía de soporte al ensamblaje de transporte carriage assembly.

Ex: The chief members of the impression carriage were two upright cheeks about 2 m. high and placed 60-65 cm. apart, carrying between them the winter and, above it, the head, two massive cross timbers mortised into the cheeks which contained the vertical thrust of the impression.

* * *

pie¹

masculine

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Anat) foot

no arrastres los pies don't drag your feet

se rompió un dedo del pie he broke a toe

tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet

se echó a sus pies ( liter); he threw himself at her feet ( frml)

a sus pies, señora ( frml); at your service, madam ( frml)

2 ( en locs):

a pie on foot

queda muy cerca, podemos ir a pie it's very near, we can walk o go on foot

¿vamos a pie o en coche? shall we walk or take the car?

esta semana ando a pie ( AmL); I'm walking everywhere this week

a pie de:

una nota a pie de página a note at the foot of the page

viviendas a pie de playa ( Esp); houses with access to the beach

oficina a pie de calle ( Esp); office with direct access to the street

una entrevista a piecalle ( Esp); an interview in the street

experimentos a pie de aula ( Esp); experiments in the classroom

al pie ( Col); very close, just round the corner

de pie standing

estuvimos de pie casi dos horas we were standing (up) o we were on our feet for almost two hours

tuvimos que viajar de pie todo el camino we had to stand all the way

ponte de pie stand up

en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete de la mañana I've been up since seven o'clock this morning

ya no podía tenerme en pie I could hardly walk/stand, I was ready to drop

sólo la pequeña iglesia quedó en pie only the little church remained standing

queda en pie la cita para mañana our date for tomorrow is still on

mi oferta/la promesa sigue en pie my offer/the promise still stands

ganado en pie ( AmL); livestock, cattle on the hoof

a pie pelado ( Chi); barefoot, in one's bare feet

a pie(s) juntillas: está siguiendo a pies juntillas las indicaciones de sus superiores he's following his bosses' instructions to the letter

se cree a pies juntillas todo lo que le dicen he blindly believes every word he's told

buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato ( fam) (buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters, make life difficult; (exponerse al peligro) to ask for trouble ( colloq)

cojear del mismo pie ( fam); to be two of a kind ( colloq), to be tarred with the same brush ( colloq)

con buen pieor con el pie derecho: a ver si mañana nos levantamos con el pie derecho I hope things will get off to a better start tomorrow

con los pies ( fam); badly

esta camisa la debes haber planchado con los pies this shirt looks as if you ironed it with your eyes closed

una solicitud escrita con los pies a very poorly written letter of application

el gerente lleva la empresa con los pies the manager is making a hash o mess of running the company ( colloq)

con los pies por or para delante ( fam euf); feet first

de esta casa me sacarán con los pies por delante they'll have to carry me out of this house feet first o in a box ( colloq euph)

con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground

tiene los pies bien puestos sobre la tierra she has her feet firmly on the ground

con mal pieor con el pie izquierdo badly

empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start, she started badly

hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today ( AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today ( BrE)

con pie(s) de plomo ( fam); very carefully o warily

ándate con pies de plomo tread very warily o carefully

dar pie a algo to give rise to sth

su conducta dio pie a murmuraciones her behavior gave rise to o sparked off rumors

no quiero que esto dé pie a una discusión I don't want this to cause o to be the cause of an argument

darle pie a algn: no le des pie para que te siga criticando don't give him cause o reason o grounds to criticize you again

de a pie common, ordinary

el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person

a mí me gusta hablar con la gente de a pie I like talking to ordinary people

de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe ( colloq)

echar pie atrás ( Chi); to back down

en pie de guerra on a war footing, ready for war, on full alert

en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing, on equal terms

estar a pie ( Chi fam); to be lost ( colloq)

estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot, have one's hands tied

estar con un pie en el estribo ( fam); to be about to leave

me pillas con un pie en el estribo I was just on my way out o about to leave

ya están con un pie en el estribo they're all set to go

estar con un pie en la tumba or sepultura to have one foot in the grave

hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom

yo aquí no hago pie I can't touch the bottom here, I'm out of my depth here

írsele los pies a algn: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still

leche al pie de la vaca ( AmL); milk fresh from the cow

nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star

no doy/da pie con bola ( fam); I/he can't get a thing right

no estirar los pies más de lo que da la frazada ( RPl fam); to cut one's coat according to one's cloth

no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever

el ensayo no tenía ni pies ni cabeza the essay made no sense whatsoever o was totally unintelligible

un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan

pararle a algn los pies ( Esp); to take sb down a peg or two, put sb in his/her place ( colloq)

perder pie (en el agua) to get out of one's depth; (resbalarse) to lose one's footing; (confundirse) to slip up

pies de barro feet of clay

un héroe con pies de barro a hero with feet of clay

poner (los) pies en polvorosa ( fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)

poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place

hoy no he puesto pie en la calle I haven't set foot outside the house today

por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help

saber de qué pie cojea algn ( Esp fam); to know sb's faults o weak points

salir por pies ( Esp fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)

ser más viejo que andar a pie (CS fam); to be as old as the hills ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● pie cavo

high instep

● pie de atleta

athlete's foot

● pie de pollo

( Chi) dogtooth

● pie equino

clubfoot

B

1 (de un calcetín, una media) foot

2 (de una lámpara, columna) base; (de una copa — base) base; (— parte vertical) stem

3 (de una máquina de coser) foot, treadle

4 (de una página, un escrito) foot, bottom

una nota a or al pie de página a footnote

remita el cupón que se acompaña al pie send off the coupon below

un pueblo al pieor a los pies de la montaña a village at the foot of the mountain

al pie de la letra exactly

sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra follow my instructions to the letter o exactly

repetí al pie de la letra lo que me dijiste I repeated word for word o exactly what you told me

al pie del cañón working

todos se habían ido, pero nosotros seguíamos al pie del cañón everyone had left, but we were still hard at it o still working away

5 (de una cama) tb

pies mpl foot

Compuestos:

● pie de biela

little end

● pie de firma

name and title of signatory

● pie de fotografía

caption

● pie de fuerza

( Col) (personal) manpower; ( Mil) standing army

● pie de imprenta

imprint

● pie de página

footer

● pie de rey

slide gauge

C ( Bot) cutting, slip

Compuesto:

pie de injerto

rootstock

D [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (medida) foot

ocho pies cuadrados eight square feet

E ( Lit) foot

Compuesto:

pie quebrado

line of four or five syllables

F ( Chi) (depósito) down payment

pie²

/pai/

masculine

( AmL)

pie

* * *

Del verbo piar: ( conjugate piar)

pié es:

1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

píe es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
piar
pie
piar ( conjugate piar) verbo intransitivo
to chirp, tweet
pie 1 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (Anat) foot;

◊ un dedo del pie a toe;

tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet;
pie de atleta athlete's foot
b) ( en locs)

◊ a pie on foot;

ir a pie to go on foot, walk;
hoy ando a pie (AmL) I'm without wheels today;
de pie standing;
ponte de pie stand up;
en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock;
no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand;
solo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing;
mi oferta sigue en pie my offer still stands;
a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet;
de a pie common, ordinary;
de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq);
en pie de guerra on a war footing;
en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom;
levantarse con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever;
por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
2
a) (de calcetín, media) foot

b) (de lámpara, columna) base;

( de copa — base) base;
(— parte vertical) stem;
( de montaña) foot
c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom;

una nota a or al pie de página a footnote;
◊ pie de fotografía caption;

al pie de la letra ‹copiar/repetir› word by word, exactly
d) ( de cama) tb

◊ pies foot

3
a) ( medida) foot

b) (Lit) foot

pie 2 /pai/ sustantivo masculino (AmL) pie
piar vi (pájaro) to chirp, cheep, tweet
pie sustantivo masculino
1 (de una persona) foot
ponerse de pie, to stand up
pies planos, flat feet
2 (de una columna, lámpara, etc) base
3 (de una copa) stem
4 (de una fotografía) caption
5 (de un texto) foot
una nota a pie de página, a footnote
6 (medida) foot
♦ Locuciones: dar pie a, to give cause for
a pies juntillas, blindly
al pie de la letra, to the letter
con buen/mal pie, on the right/wrong footing
con pies de plomo, cautiously
de pie, standing up
de pies a cabeza, from head to foot
' pie' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- bola
- caminar
- cañón
- ciudadana
- ciudadano
- cojear
- compartir
- dedo
- dormirse
- empanada
- enredarse
- excursionista
- flojera
- gráfica
- gráfico
- guerra
- hormiguear
- hormigueo
- lámpara
- letra
- levantarse
- migaja
- nacer
- parada
- parado
- pararse
- pastel
- patear
- patín
- perchero
- planta
- pulgar
- punta
- reloj
- resistir
- sostenerse
- talón
- tenerse
- uña
- vadear
- ver
- zancadilla
- a
- agachar
- amoldar
- bien
- budín
- buscar
- calambre
English:
accused
- athlete's foot
- bare
- base
- bed
- book
- bottom
- caption
- circumscribe
- clubfoot
- custard pie
- dead
- easy
- floor lamp
- foot
- foothold
- footing
- footnote
- ft
- grandfather
- hike
- hill
- impression
- imprint
- instep
- itch
- letter
- man
- meat pie
- mince pie
- on
- pace
- pie
- pie chart
- press
- print
- promenade concert
- rambler
- remain
- rise
- roll out
- salt
- sole
- stamp
- stamp down
- stand
- stand up
- standing
- standing ovation
- standing room

* * *

pie nm

1. [de persona] foot;

estos zapatos me hacen daño en los pies these shoes hurt my feet;

a pie on foot;

prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot;

estar de o [m5] en pie to be standing;

ponerse de o [m5] en pie to stand up;

llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours;

llevo en pie desde las seis de la mañana I've been up and about since six in the morning;

la oferta sigue en pie the offer still stands;

echar pie a tierra [jinete] to dismount;
[pasajero] to alight;
se me fueron los pies [resbalé] I slipped, I lost my footing;

se me iban los pies con la música my feet were tapping along to the music;

perder/no hacer pie [en el agua] to go/to be out of one's depth;
Formal
a sus pies at your service;

el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street;

en pie de igualdad on an equal footing;

en pie de guerra on a war footing;

Comp

pies de barro: un héroe/líder con (los) pies de barro a hero/leader with feet of clay;

Comp
Fam
buscar (los) tres o [m5] cinco pies al gato to overcomplicate matters;

Comp

de pies a cabeza from head to toe;

Comp

con buen pie: empezar con buen pie to get off to a good start;

terminar con buen pie to end on a good note;

Comp

caer de pie [tener suerte] to land on one's feet;

Comp

no dar pie con bola to get everything wrong;

Comp

con el pie derecho: empezar con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;

Comp

estar con un pie en el estribo to be about to leave;

Comp

a pies juntillas unquestioningly;

Comp

levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side;

Comp

con mal pie: empezar con mal pie to get off to a bad start;

terminar con mal pie to end on a sour note;

Comp

nacer de pie to be born lucky;

Comp

andar o [m5] ir con pies de plomo to tread carefully;

Comp

pararle los pies a alguien to put sb in their place;

Comp
Fam
poner pies en polvorosa: al llegar la policía, puso pies en polvorosa when the police arrived, you couldn't see him for dust o he legged it;

Comp

poner los pies en o [m5] sobre la tierra to get a grip on reality;

Comp
Esp
saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know sb's weaknesses;

Comp
Fam
salir con los pies por delante to leave feet first o in a box;

Comp
Esp Fam
salir por pies to leg it;

Comp

no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense at all;

Comp

tener un pie en la tumba to have one foot in the grave

Comp

no tenerse en pie: no me tengo en pie I can't stand up a minute longer;

esa teoría no se tiene en pie that theory doesn't stand up

Comp
pie de atleta athlete's foot;
pie de cabra crowbar, Br jemmy, US jimmy;

pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters;

pies planos flat feet

2. [base] [de lámpara, micrófono] stand;
[de copa] stem; [de montaña, árbol, escalera] foot;
al pie de la página at the foot o bottom of the page;

al pie de o [m5]a los pies de la cama/de la montaña at the foot of the bed/mountain;

al pie de la letra to the letter, word for word;

sigue las instrucciones al pie de la letra follow the instructions to the letter;

copiar algo al pie de la letra to copy sth word for word;

no hace falta que lo interpretes al pie de la letra there's no need to interpret it literally;

Comp

al pie del cañón: ahí está, siempre al pie del cañón there he is, always hard at work

Comp
pie de foto caption;
pie de imprenta imprint;
Informát pie de página footer
3. [unidad de medida] foot;

mide tres pies de ancho it's three foot o feet wide

4. Teatro cue;
Fig
dar pie a [críticas, comentarios] to give rise to;
[sospechas] to give cause for; Fig
dar pie a alguien para que haga algo to give sb cause to do sth

5. Lit [de verso] foot

Comp
pie quebrado = short line of four or five syllables alternating with longer lines
6. pie de lobo [planta] clubmoss

7. pies de gato [botas] rock boots

8. Chile [anticipo] down payment

* * *

pie

m

1 de estatua, lámpara base

2 de persona foot;

a pie on foot;

al pie de at the foot of;

de pie standing;

estar de pie be standing (up);

ponerse de o

en pie stand up;

no tenerse en o

de pie fig: por cansancio be ready to drop;

de pies a cabeza from head to foot;

no tiene ni pies ni cabeza it doesn’t make any sense at all, I can’t make head nor tail of it;

a pies juntillas creer blindly;

levantarse con el pie izquierdo get out of bed on the wrong side;

con buen/mal pie empezar get off to a good/bad start;

con los pies fig badly;

andarse con pies de plomo tread warily;

estar en pie be up, be out of bed;

estar en pie de guerra be on a war footing;

buscar tres o

cinco pies al gato fig make things difficult, complicate things;

dar pie para o

a give rise to, generate;

echar pie a tierra go ashore;

estar al pie del cañón fig be hard at work;

hacer pie touch bottom;

no hacer pie en piscina be out of one’s depth;

no dar pie con bola fam get o

do everything wrong;

parar los pies a alguien take s.o. down a peg or two fam ;

saber de qué pie cojea alguien fig know where s.o. is coming from;

poner pies en polvorosa fam take to one’s heels fam ;

salir por pies hotfoot it fam, make o.s. scarce;

pie de la cama foot of the bed;

pies planos flat feet

* * *

pie nm

1) : foot

a pie: on foot

de pie: on one's feet, standing

2) : base, bottom, stem, foot

pie de la cama: foot of the bed

pie de una lámpera: base of a lamp

pie de la escalera: bottom of the stairs

pie de una copa: stem of a glass

3) : foot (in measurement)

pie cuadrado: square foot

4) : cue (in theater)

5)

dar pie a : to give cause for, to give rise to

6)

en pie de igualidad : on equal footing

* * *

pie n

1. (de persona) foot [pl. feet]

Eduardo tiene los pies pequeños Eduardo has small feet

me duelen los pies my feet hurt

2. (de estatua, lámpara, etc) base

a pie on foot

estar de pie to be standing

ir a pie to walk

ponerse de pie to stand up [pt. & pp. stood]

Spanish-English dictionary > pie
7 अङ्गम् _aṅgam

अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा]

1 The body.

-2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them)

-3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supple- mentary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval- kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expe- dient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also ( the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).

-4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.

-5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.

-6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश.

-7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas).

-8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also.

-9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas.

-ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north- east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a.

1 Contiguous.

-2 Having members or divisions.

-Comp. -अङ्गि, [

अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्).

-अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः).

-2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa).

-अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act.

-कर्मन् n.

-क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39.

-2 a supplementary sacrificial act.

-क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14.

-ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.

-ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड]

1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c.

-2 produced by a supple- mentary rite.

-3 beautiful, ornamental. (

-जः)

-जनुस् also

1 a son.

-2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32.

-3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161.

-4 drunkenness, intoxication.

-5 a disease. (

-जा) a daugh- ter. (

-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm.

-ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption.

-दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defec- tive construction; Māna.

-2 name of the 79th chapter.

-द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas.

-न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.

-पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि).

-पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v.

-प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72.

-प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making pre- sents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.).

-भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind.

(-भूः) 1 a son.

-2 Cupid.

-3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man- tras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.).

-भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2.

-2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85.

-3 The middle part of the anus and testicles.

-मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra.

-मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्]

1 one who shampoos his master's body.

-2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos.

-मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31.

-यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv.

-रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी).

-रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a body- guard, personal attendant Pt.3.

-रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (

-णम्) protection of person.

-रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्]

1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11.

-2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents.

-रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7.

-लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas.

-लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्]

1 a scented cosmetic.

-2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing.

-लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.

-वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse.

-विकल a. [तृ. त.]

1 maimed, paralysed.

-2 fainting, swooning.

-विकृतिः f.

1 change 2of bodily appearance; collapse.

-2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार).

-विकारः a bodily defect.

-विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation.

-2 a kind of dance.

-विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्]

1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge.

-2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5.

-विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act sub- servient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः).

-वीरः chief or princi- pal hero.

-वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.]

1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार)

-2 a nod, wink.

-3 changed bodily appearance.

-वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.).

-संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्)

1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c.

-2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person.

-संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body.

-संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt.

-सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition.

-सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body.

-सेवकः a personal attend- ant, body-guard.

-स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science.

-स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily con- tact or being touched by others.

-हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidi- ary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥

-हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91.

-हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि]

1 gesticula- tion.

-2 stage; dancing hall.

-हीन a. [तृ. त.]

1 muti- lated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अङ्गम् _aṅgam
8 गो _gō

गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]

1 Cattle, kine (pl.)

-2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.

-3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.

-4 The sky.

-5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.

-6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.

-7 A diamond.

-8 Heaven.

-9 An arrow. -f.

1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.

-2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (

-6).

-3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.

-4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.

-5 A mother.

-6 A quarter of the compass.

-7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.

-8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.

-9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.

-2 The hair of the body.

-3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.

-4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.

-5 The sun.

-6 The number 'nine' (in math.).

-7 The moon.

-8 A singer.

-9 A billion.

-1 A cow-sacrifice

-11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.

-Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.

-2 the cow's hoof.

-3 the print of a cow's hoof.

-कर्ण a. having cow's ears.

(-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.

-2 a mule.

-3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.

-4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.

-5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.

-6 a kind of deer.

-7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.

-किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.

-किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough

-2 a pestle.

-कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.

-2 a cow-house.

-3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).

-कुलिक a.

1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.

-2 squint-eyed.

-कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.

-कृतम् cow-dung.

-क्षीरम् cow's milk.

-क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.

-खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.

-खा a nail.

-गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.

-गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.

-गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.

-ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.

-2 a cow-house.

-ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.

-ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.

-घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.

-घृतम् 1 rain-water.

-2 clarified butter coming from a cow.

-घ्न a.

1 destructive to cows.

-2 one who has killed a cow.

-3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.

-चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.

-चर a.

1 grazed over by cattle.

-2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.

-3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.

-4 moving on earth.

-5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.

-6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.

(-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.

-2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.

-3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.

-4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.

-5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.

-6 horizon.

-7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.

-8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.

˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).

-चर्मन् n.

1 a cow's hide.

-2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.

-चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.

-चारकः cowherd.

-चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.

-ज a.

1 born in the earth (rice &c.).

-2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.

-जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.

-जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.

-जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (

-कः) a preparer of food, baker.

-जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.

-जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).

-जिह्विका the uvula.

-जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.

-तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.

-तीर्थम् a cowhouse.

-त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]

1 a cow-pen.

-2 a stable in general.

-3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.

-4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.

-5 a multitude.

-6 increase.

-7 a forest.

-8 a field.

-9 a road.

-1 possessions, wealth.

-11 an umbrella, a parasol.

-12 knowledge of futurity.

-13 a genus, class, species.

-14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (

-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.

(-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.

-2 the earth.

˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.

˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.

˚कीला the earth.

˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.

˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.

˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.

-भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.

˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.

-द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (

-दः) brain. (

-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.

-दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (

-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (

-त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).

-दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.

(-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.

-2 a white fossil substance.

-दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.

-2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).

-3 the part of the head close to the right ear.

-दाय a. intending to give cows.

-दारणम् 1 a plough.

-2 a spade, hoe.

-दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.

-दुह् m.,

-दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.

-दोहः 1 the milking of cows.

-2 the milk of cows.

-3 the time of milking cows.

-दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.

-2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.

-दोहनी a milk-pail.

-द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.

-धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.

-2 possession of cows. (

-नः) a broad-pointed arrow.

-धरः a mountain.

-धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.

-धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.

-2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;

-सम्भवम् a sour paste.

-धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).

-धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.

-भ्रः a mountain.

-नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.

-नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.

-नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.

-2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).

-3 N. of a country.

-नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.

-नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.

-2 a kind of gem.

-नसा the mouth of a cow.

-नाथः 1 a bull.

-2 an owner of land.

-3 a herdsman.

-4 an owner of kine.

-नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.

-नाशनः a wolf.

-नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.

-नासम् a kind of gem.

-निष्यन्दः cow's urine.

-पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.

-2 the chief of a cowpen.

-3 the superintendent of a village.

-4 a king.

-5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.

˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.

˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.

˚आटविका a cowherd.

˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.

-2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.

˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.

˚चापः the rainbow.

˚दलः the betel-nut tree.

˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.

˚रसः gum myrrh.

˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.

(-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.

-2 myrrh.

(-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.

-2 protectress. (

-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).

-2 a milk-maid.

-3 a protectress.

-4 Nature, elementary nature.

-पतिः 1 an owner of cows.

-2 a bull.

-3 a leader, chief.

-4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.

-5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.

-6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.

-7 N. of Śiva.

-8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.

-9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.

-पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.

-पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.

-पशुः a sacrificial cow.

-पाः m. Ved.

1 a herdsman.

-2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.

-पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.

-पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.

-2 a king.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.

-पालकः 1 a cowherd.

-2 a king.

-3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.

-पालिः an epithet of Śiva.

-पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.

-पालितः N. of a lexicographer.

-पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).

-पीतः a species of wagtail.

-पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (

-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.

-पुच्छम् a cow's tail.

-2 a particular point of an arrow.

(-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.

-2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.

-3 a kind of drum.

-पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.

-पुत्रः 1 a young bull.

-2 an epithet of Karṇa.

-पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.

-2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.

-3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.

-पुरीषम् cowdung.

-प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.

-प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.

-प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.

-2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.

-प्रदानम् same as गोदान.

-प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.

-फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.

-2 a sling.

-बालः the hair of cows.

-भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.

-भृत् m.

1 a mountain.

-2 a king.

-मक्षिका a gadfly.

-मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.

-मंडलम् 1 the globe.

-2 a multitude of cows.

-मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.

-मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.

-मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.

-मथः a cowherd.

-मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.

-महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.

-मांसम् beef.

-मायु 1 a kind of frog.

-2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.

-3 bile of a cow.

-4 N. of a Gandharva.

-मीनः a kind of fish.

-मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.

(-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.

-2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.

(-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.

-2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (

-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.

-2 a house built unevenly.

-3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (

-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.

-मूढ a. stupid as a bull.

-मूत्रम् cow's urine.

-मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.

-कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.

-मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)

-2 a form of calculation.

-मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).

-मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.

-मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.

-2 a kind of poison (काकोल).

-3 smearing the body with unguents.

-मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.

-यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.

-युक्त a. drawn by oxen.

-युतम् 1 a cattle station.

-2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.

-रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.

-2 keeping or tending cattle.

-3 the orange.

-4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.

-रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).

-रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl

-2 a prisoner.

-3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.

-4 a chanter.

-रवम् saffron.

-रसः cow's milk.

-2 curds.

-3 buttermilk.

-4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.

-राजः an excellent bull.

-राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.

-रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.

-रूपम् the form of a cow. (

-पः) N. of Śiva.

-रोचम् yellow orpiment.

-रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.

-लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.

-लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.

-लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.

-लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.

-2 white Dūrvā grass.

-3 Zedoary.

-4 N. of a shrub.

-वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.

-वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.

-वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.

-वरम् pounded cowdung.

-वशा a barren cow.

-वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.

-वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.

-विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.

1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.

-2 a hus- bandman.

-विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.

-विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.

-2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन

-विष् f.,

-विष्ठा cowdung.

-विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.

-विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.

-वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.

-वीर्यम् the price received for milk.

-वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.

-वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.

-वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.

-वैद्यः a quack docter.

-व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.

-2 a herd of cows.

-3 a place where cattle graze.

-व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.

-शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.

-शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.

-शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.

-शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.

-2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.

-षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.

-षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.

-षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.

-2 giving cattle.

-ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.

-संख्यः a cowherd.

-सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).

-सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.

-सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.

-सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (

-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.

-सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).

-सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.

-स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.

-2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.

-3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.

-4 a kind of fort.

-स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.

-स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.

-स्वामिन् m.

1 an owner of cows.

-2 a religious mendicant.

-3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).

-हत्या cow-slaughter.

-हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.

-हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)

-हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (

-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō
9 SEGJA

utter

* * *

(segi, sagða, sagðr), v.

1) to say, tell (seg þú mér þat, er ek spyr þik);

þeir sögðu, at þeir skyldu aldri upp gefast, they said they would never yield;

segja e-m leið, to tell the way, esp. on the sea, to pilot;

segja tíðendi, to tell news;

impers. it is told (hér segir frá Birni bunu);

sem áðr sagði, as was told before;

segjanda er allt vin sínum, all can be told to a friend;

2) to say, declare, in an oath;

ek segi þat guði (Æsi), I declare to God (to the ‘Áss’);

3) law phrases;

segja sik í þing, lög, to declare oneself member of a community;

segja sik ór þingi, lögum, to declare oneself out of, withdraw from, a community;

segja skilit við konu, to declare oneself separated from, divorce, one’s wife;

segja fram sök, to declare one’s case;

segja lög, to recite the law, of the lögsögumaðr;

4) to signify, mean (þetta segir svá);

5) with preps., segja e-n af e-u, to declare one off a thing, take it from him;

segja e-t á e-n, to impose on (bœta at þeim hluta, sem lög segði á hann); to announce (segja á reiði, úsátt sína);

segja eptir e-m, to tell tales of one;

segja frá e-u, to tell, relate;

Unnr, er ek sagða þér frá, U. of whom I told thee;

segja fyrir e-u, to prescribe (svá var með öllu farit, sem hann hafði fyrir sagt);

segja fyrir skipi, to bid God-speed to a ship;

segja e-t fyrir, to predict, foretell (segja fyrir úorðna hluti);

segja e-u sundr, í sundr, to break up, dissolve (segja sundr friði, frændsemi, hjúskap);

segja til e-s, to tell, inform of (segit honum ekki til, hvat þér hafit gört við hrossit);

segja til nafns síns, segja til sín, to tell (give) one’s name;

segja upp e-t, to pronounce (segja upp dóm, gørð);

segja upp lög, to proclaim the law (from the law-hill);

segja e-n upp, to give one up;

segja upp e-u, to declare at an end (segja upp friði, griðum);

segja upp þjónustu við e-n, to leave one’s service;

6) refl., segjast, to declare of oneself;

hann sagðist þá vaka, he said that he was awake;

kristnir menn ok heiðnir sögðust hvárir ór lögum annarra, they declared themselves each out of the other’s laws;

láta (sér) segjast, to let oneself be spoken to, listen to reason;

impers., e-m segist svá, one’s tale runs so.

* * *

pres. segi, segir, segi, pl. segjum, segit, segja; pret. sagði, pl. sögðu; pres. subj. segja; pret. segða, segðir, segði; imperat. seg, segðú; part. sagðr: doubtful forms are sagat, sagaðr, Merl. 2. 4: a pres. indic. seg, segr, ek seg, Grág. i. 64, 134; segr hann, Fms. x. 421; segsk, Grág.i. 159, ii. 57: with a neg. suff. segr-at, Grág. ii. 214; sagðit, Hým. 14; segit-a, tell ye not! Vkv. 21: an older form seggja with a double g is suggested in Lex. Poët. in two or three passages, cp. A. S. secgan, as also seggr; but in Haustl. l. c. the g in ‘sagna’ is soft, and not hard (gg) as in mod. Icel. pronunciation, and sagna would fairly rhyme with segjaandum: [a word common to all Teut. languages, except that, strangely enough, no Goth. form is recorded, for Ulf. renders λαλειν, λέγειν, εἰπειν, by maþljan, quiþan, rodjan; so it may be that the earliest sense was not to say = Lat. dicere, but a limited one, to tell, proclaim; A. S. secgan; Engl. say; Dan. sige; Swed. segja.]

A. To say, in the oldest poems chiefly,

I. to tell, report, Lat. narrare, dicere; segðu, imperat. tell thou me! say! Vþm. 11, 13, 15. 17, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, Alm. 10, 12, 14, 16. etc., Skm. 3; segðu mér ór helju ek man ór heimi, Vtkv. 6; atgeirinn sagði ( foretold) manns bana, eins eðr fleiri, Nj. 119; mér segir svá hugr um, my mind tells me, I have a foreboding; eigi segir mér vel hugr um þessa ferð, Ld. 366; sagði honum mjök úvænt hugr um hennar hag, Fms. x. 215; sagðit honum hugr vel þá, Hým. 14; seg oss draum þinn, Nj. 95; hann segir honum greiniliga slíkt er hann spurði, Fms. ii. 99; þessi saga er nú ætlu vér at segja, viii. 1 (see saga); hann spurði hvers synir þeir væri,—þeir sögðu, Nj. 125; fór sveinninn ok sagði til Haralds, Fms. vii. 167; hvat hark var þat?—Honum var sagt, 168; svá hafa spakir menn sagt, Ib. 6; svá sagði Þorkell oss, 5; svá sagði Teitr oss, id.; svá sagði oss Úlfhéðinn Gunnarsson, 9; þenna atburð sagði Teitr oss, at því es Kristni kom á Ísland, 13; en Hallr sagði oss svá, 15; svá sagði hann oss, id.; en honum sagði Þórarinn bróðir hans, 16; es sannliga es sagt, at fyrst færi til Íslands, 4; hvatki er missagt es í fræðum þessum (pref.); þar sagði hann eigi koma dag á vetr, Landn. (pref.); svá segja vitrir menn, … en svá er sagt, 25; svá sagði Sæmundr prestr enn fróði, 27; er svá sagt, at honum hafi flestir hlutir höfðingligast gefnir verit, Nj. 254: of inscriptions, writing, segja þær (the Runes) formála þenna allan, Eg. 390; segja bækr, at …, 625. 88; skal sú skrá hafa sitt mál, er lengra segir, Grág. i. 7: segja leið, to tell the way, to guide, esp. on the sea, to pilot, Fms. xi. 123, Eg. 359 (leið-sögn, leiðsögu-maðr):—to tell, bid, far þú ok seg Agli, at þeir búisk þaðan fimmtán, Nj. 94; hann sendi húskarl at segja Steinari, at hann færði bústað sinn, to tell S. to change his abode, Eg. 749; segðu honum að koma, tell him to come!

2. with prepp.; segja eptir e-m, to tell tales of one, inform against, Al. 125; hann sagði eptir mér, segðu ekki eptir mér!—s. frá e-u (frá-sögn), to tell, relate, Nj. 96; þar er hón nú, Unnr, er ek sagða þér frá, U., of whom I told thee, 3; eigi má ofsögum segja frá vitsmunum þínum, Ld. 132: s. fyrir, to dictate, Fms. vii. 226, Fb. iii. 533, Nj. 256: to foretel, Rb. 332; s. fyrir úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 76, viii. 5: segja fyrir skipi, to bid Godspeed to a ship (on her first voyage), ix. 480: to prescribe, Ld. 54; þeir sigldu um nóttina, en hann sagði fyrir ( piloted) með viti ok gæfu, Bs. i. 562: s. manni fyrir jörðu, to give notice as to the redemption of an estate, Gþl. 295–297, 301 sqq.:—segja til, to give up; s. til nafns sins, to give one’s name (on being asked), Hbl.; hvat er nafn höfðingja yðvars? Rútr segir til sin. R. told his name (said, my name is R.) Nj. 8; sagði Örnólfr til svá-felldra itaka, Dipl. i. 1; skal ek hér fá þér sæmd ok virðing, þá er þú kannt mér sjálfr til s., Eg. 312.

3. impers. it is told: hér hefsk Landnáma-bok, ok segir í hinum fyrsta kapitula, hversn, Landn. 24: hér segir frá Birni bunu, 39; segir nokkut af hans orrostum, Fms. viii. 3; sem segir í sögu hans, i. 4 (see saga); sem áðr sagði, … sem sagði fyrr, as was told before, x. 382, 410.

II. to say, pronounce, declare; eg seg þat Guði, I declare to God (in an oath, cp. Engl. ‘so help me, God’), Grág. i. 64, 134; ok segi ek þat Æsi, Glúm. 388.

2. so in the law phrases, segja sik í þing, lög, and the like, to declare oneself in a community, to enter a community under the law; as also, segja sik ór þingi, lögum, to declare oneself out of, to withdraw from, a community, Grág. and the Sagas passim; segja skilit við konu, to declare oneself separated from, to divorce one’s wife, Nj. 50; segja þing laust, to declare a meeting at an end, Grág, i. 116:—segja lög, to say the law, used of the speaker’s (lögsögu-maðr) decisions; syni Erlings segi ek engi lög, i. e. I give no sentence for him, Fms. ix. 331: iron., sögðu sverð þeirra ein lög öllum Svíum, ii. 315; s. prófan (á) málum, K. Á. 216; s. dóm, to give sentence.

3. with prepp.; s. e-n af e-n, to ‘declare a person off a thing,’ i. e. take it from him; hann sagði Vastes af drottningar-dómi ok öllu því ríki, Sks. 462; þá er hann þegar sagðr af lærðra manna tign, 694; skipta svá miklum ríkdómi, ok segja hann af einhverjum ok til annars, i. e. to take it from one and give it to another, Fms. ix. 330; þann dag segja lög mann at aptni af griði, Grág. i. 146; s. e-n afhendan, to declare a person off one’s hands, give him up, Fs. 34:—s. e-t á, to announce:þú skalt segja á reiði mína, Nj. 216; s. á úsátt sína, 256; bæta at þeim hluta sem lög segði á hann, as the law declared, imposed, Fms. x. 152:—s. aptr, to break up, dissolve; s. friði aptr, N. G. L. i. 103:—segja sundr = segja aptr, s. sundr griðum, frændsemi, Fms. ix. 276, x. 133, Fas. ii. 136:—s. fram, to say, pronounce, esp. of pleading, to read; s. fram sök and the like, Grág., Nj. passim:—s. fyrir, see l. 2:—s. upp, to pronounce; er hann hafði þenna kost upp sagðan, Fms. xi. 284: segja upp görð, dóm, sætt, to pronounce sentence, as a judge or umpire, Grág., Nj. Band. 12, passim; s. upp lög, to proclaim the law from the law-hill (the act was called upp-saga), Ib. 17, Bs. i. 25; at hann segði upp lögin, Nj. 164: s. e-n upp, to give one up, Sturl. iii. 181 C: segja e-u upp, to declare at an end; segja upp friði, griðum, Fms. x. 133; segja upp þjónustu við e-n, to leave one’s service, Hkr. iii. 68. to speak, talk; skaut konungr á erendi, talaði hátt ok hvellt ok segir svá—þat er …, Fms. i. 215; ‘þenna kost viljum vér,’ segir Skapti, Nj. 150; ‘frauva,’ segir hann, ‘þat er satt er þú mælir,’ Fms. x. 421. 2. in a dialogue: segir hann, segir hón, says he, says she, etc.; ‘Kenni ek víst,’ segir Otkell,—‘Hverr á,’ segir Skamkell; ‘Melkólfr þræll,’ segir Otkell,—‘Kenna skulu þá fleiri,’ segir Skamkell, ‘en vit tveir,’ 75; Gunnarr mælti—‘Veiztú hvat þér mun verða at bana?’—‘Veit ek,’ segir Njáll,—‘Hvat?’ segir Gunnarr;—‘Þat sem allir munn sízt ætla,’ segir Njáll, 85; and so in countless instances.

IV. to signify, mean; þetta segir svá, Fms. viii. 239; ‘fiat voluntas tua,’ þat segir svá, ‘verði þinn vili,’ Hom. 157.

B. Reflex. to declare of oneself; hann sagðisk þá vaka, he said that he was awake, Nj. 153; sagðisk Haraldr vilja leggja við hann vináttu, Fms. i. 53; þeir sem sögðusk segja fyrir úvorðna hluti, 76; at þú sér annarr en þú segisk, Fas. ii. 544, freq. esp. in mod. usage, for the old writers in this case prefer kveðsk, káðusk (from kveða).

II. as a law phrase, þú segsk í þing með Áskatli goða, Nj. 231; maðr skal segjask í þing með goða þeim er hann vill, Grág. i. 159; nefndu hvárir vátta, Kristnir menn ok heiðnir, ok sögðusk hvárir ór lögum annarra, Nj. 164 (Id. 11, Bs. i. 22); hón sagðisk í ætt sína, she told her origin, i. e. she was exactly like her parents, Njarð. 382: impers. phrase, e-m segisk svá, one’s tale runs so; honum sagðisk svá til, his story runs; or, honum segist vel, he speaks well; honum sagðist vél í dag, he preached well to-day! það segist á e-u, there is a penalty on it, ‘tis not allowed; láta sér segjask. to let oneself be spoken to, be reasonable, Am. 29, and in mod. usage.

III. part., sönnu sagðr, convicted of, Sdm. 25; Jupiter vill vita hvárt hann er sönnu sagðr, if the charge is true, Bret. 12: gerund., in the saying, segjanda er allt vin sínum, all can be said to a friend, one can open one’s, heart to him. Eg. 330.

IV. pass. it is said; svá segisk, at …, Fms. i. 98; þessi kvikendi segjask augnafull umhverfis, Hom. 48; hann segisk ( is said to be, Lat. dicitur) skapaðr ór jörðn, Eluc. 21; segist í hverri viku sálu-messa, Dipl. i. 8; Zabulon, þat má hér segjast bygging, Stj.; ef nokkut riptist eðr af segðist, Dipl. iii. 11; segist þetta með öngu móti aptr, cannot be refuted, Fms. ix. 476, Hom. 154; af sögðum bæjum, aforesaid, Vm. 84; fyrr-sagðr, aforesaid; but this passive is unclassical, being taken from the Latin, and rare even in mod. usage.

V. segendr, part. pl. (seggendr, with a double g. Haustl.), sayers, reporters; sjáendr eða segendr, Grág. ii. 88. segjands-saga, u, f. a hearsay tale; skoluð ér hér vera ok sjá þau tíðendi er hér görask, er yðr þá eigi segjanz-saga til, þvíat ér skolut frá segja ok yrkja um síðan, Ó. H. 206; hence the mod. það er segin saga, a told tale, a thing of course [cp. Fr. ca va sans dire].

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SEGJA
10 Nehmen

v/t; nimmt, nahm, hat genommen

1. ([er]greifen, an sich bringen) take; (in Empfang nehmen) receive; (jemanden einstellen) take s.o.; (kaufen) take; in die Hand / unter den Arm nehmen take in one’s hand / put under one’s arm; etw. an sich nehmen take s.th.; zu sich nehmen (Person) take s.o. in; Gott hat sie zu sich genommen geh. euph. God has called her home; sich (Dat) eine Frau oder einen Mann nehmen (heiraten) umg. take a wife oder a husband; woher nehmen und nicht stehlen? hum. where (on earth) am I supposed to get hold of that ( oder them etc.)?; auf sich nehmen undertake, take upon o.s., (Amt, Bürde) assume, (Verantwortung) accept, take; die Folgen auf sich nehmen bear the consequences; er nahm sie mit Gewalt fig. he took her by force

2. (wegnehmen) take; (sich aneignen) take away; (rauben) deprive of hope, rights etc.; jemandem die Angst etc. nehmen take away s.o.’s fear etc.; jemandem die Sicht nehmen block s.o.’s view; das nimmt der Sache den oder jeden Reiz that spoils it, that takes the fun out of it; der Krieg hat ihr den Mann genommen she lost her husband in the war; das lasse ich mir nicht nehmen I won’t be done out of that; (ich bin davon überzeugt) nobody’s going to talk me out of that; er lässt es sich nicht nehmen zu... he insists on... (+ Ger.)

3. (essen) have; zu sich nehmen have; ich habe den ganzen Tag noch nichts zu mir genommen I haven’t had anything to eat or drink all day; nehmen Sie noch Tee? will you have some more tea?; ich nehme Hühnchen mit Reis I’ll have chicken with rice; einen nehmen umg. (Schnaps) have one; nehmen Sie doch noch einen go on, have another one

4. Medizin etc.: take; Drogen nehmen take drugs; Pille

5. (benutzen) use; (sich bedienen) help o.s. to; (Beförderungsmittel) take; (in Anspruch nehmen) (Anwalt etc.) take, get (hold of); man nehme Rezept: take

6. (bewältigen) (Hindernis) take, clear; MOT. (Kurve, Steigung) take, negotiate

7. (auffassen): wörtlich nehmen take literally; nimm’s nicht so tragisch umg. don’t take it to heart

8. (sich vorstellen): nehmen wir den Fall, dass let’s assume that, suppose that; nehmen wir einen Dichter wie Shakespeare let’s take a poet such as Shakespeare

9. (behandeln, umgehen mit): jemanden zu nehmen wissen know how to handle s.o.; er versteht es, die Kunden richtig zu nehmen he has a way with customers; du musst ihn nehmen, wie er ist you have to take him as he is

10. (betrachten): du darfst das nicht wörtlich nehmen you shouldn’t take it literally; wie man’s nimmt it depends

11. SPORT (foulen): jemanden hart nehmen commit a blatant foul on s.o.

12. MIL. take, capture; nach langer Belagerung nahmen sie die Stadt they took the city after a long siege

13. auf Band / Videokassette nehmen tape / record on video

14. (als Zahlung fordern) charge, take

* * *

to take; to lay hold of

* * *
neh|men ['neːmən] pret nahm [naːm] ptp geno\#mmen [gə'nɔmən]
vti

1) (= ergreifen) to take

etw in die Hand néhmen (lit) — to pick sth up; (fig) to take sth in hand

2) (= wegnehmen) to take; Schmerz to take away, to relieve; (= versperren) Blick, Sicht to block

jdm etw néhmen — to take sth (away) from sb

jdm die Hoffnung/den Glauben/die Freude néhmen — to take away sb's hope/faith/joy, to rob or deprive sb of his hope/faith/joy

um ihm die Angst zu néhmen — to stop him being afraid

ihm sind seine Illusionen genommen worden — his illusions were shattered

nicht néhmen, mich persönlich hinauszubegleiten — he insisted on showing me out himself

diesen Erfolg lasse ich mir nicht néhmen — I won't be robbed of this success

woher néhmen und nicht stehlen? (inf) — where on earth am I going to find any/one etc?

nichts (inf) — there's nothing to choose between them, one's as good as the other

vom Brot/Fleisch néhmen — to help oneself to bread/meat

néhmen Sie sich doch bitte! — please help yourself

3) (= benutzen) Auto, Zug etc to take; Bürste, Zutaten, Farbe to use

man nehme... (Cook) — take...

etw néhmen (Zimmer, Wohnung) — to take sth

einen Anwalt/eine Hilfe néhmen — to get a lawyer/some help

4) (= annehmen) Geschenk, Stelle, Bewerber, Anwalt to take; (= berechnen) to charge

was néhmen Sie dafür? — how much will you take for it?

jdn zu sich néhmen — to take sb in

Gott hat ihn zu sich genommen (euph) — he has been called home to his maker

etw néhmen, wie es kommt — to take sth as it comes

jdn néhmen, wie er ist — to take sb as he is

néhmen — to take sth upon oneself

er ist immer der Nehmende — he does all the taking, with him it's just take take take (inf)

die Nehmenden und die Gebenden — the takers and the givers

5) (= einnehmen) to take; Essen to have, to take

sie nimmt Rauschgift/die Pille — she's on drugs/the pill, she takes drugs/the pill

etw zu sich néhmen — to take sth, to partake of sth (liter)

der Patient hat nichts zu sich néhmen können — the patient has been unable to take nourishment

6) (= auffassen) to take; (= behandeln) to handle, to treat

wenn Sie das so néhmen wollen — if you care or choose to take it that way

etw für ein or als Zeichen néhmen — to take sth as a sign or an omen

wie mans nimmt (inf) — depending on your point of view

wissen, wie man jdn néhmen muss or soll — to know how to take sb

7) (= auswählen) to take; Essen, Menü to have, to take

einen Mann/eine Frau néhmen — to take a husband/wife

8) Hürde, Festung, Stadt, Frau to take; Schwierigkeiten to overcome

das Auto nahm den Berg im dritten Gang — the car took the hill in third gear

* * *

1) (to do or take: I'll have a drink; Let me have a try.) have

2) ((often with down, out etc) to reach out for and grasp, hold, lift, pull etc: He took my hand; He took the book down from the shelf; He opened the drawer and took out a gun; I've had a tooth taken out.) take

3) (to get, receive, buy, rent etc: I'm taking French lessons; I'll take three kilos of strawberries; We took a house in London.) take

4) (to travel by (bus etc): I'm taking the next train to London; I took a taxi.) take

5) (to remove, use, occupy etc with or without permission: Someone's taken my coat; He took all my money.) take

6) (to consider (as an example): Take John for example.) take

7) ((often with away, from, off) to make less or smaller by a certain amount: Take (away) four from ten, and that leaves six.) take

8) (to go down or go into (a road): Take the second road on the left.) take

* * *

neh·men

<nahm, genommen>

[ˈne:mən]

vt

1. (greifen)

▪ [sich dat] etw \nehmen to take sth; (sich bedienen) to help oneself to sth

jdn am Arm/an der Hand \nehmen to take sb's arm/hand [or sb by the arm/hand]

etw in die Hand \nehmen to take sth in one's hand

2. (besitzen)

▪ [sich dat] etw \nehmen to take sth; SCHACH to take [or capture] sth

▪ \nehmen, was... to take what...

3. (heiraten)

▪ [sich dat] jdn \nehmen to marry sb

sie wird keiner \nehmen! nobody'll want to marry her!, she'll never get a man!

[sich dat] eine Frau/einen Mann \nehmen to take a wife/husband

4. (annehmen)

▪ etw \nehmen to accept [or take] sth

nimmst du ein Bier? do you want a beer?

\nehmen Sie bitte meinen Dank (geh) please accept my gratitude

5. (stehlen)

▪ [jdm] etw \nehmen to take [sb's] sth

man hat [uns] alles genommen they took everything, we were cleaned out fam

▪ [jdm] jdn \nehmen (fig)

die Flut/der Krieg nahm ihr den Sohn she lost her son to the flood/in the war

Gott hat sie zu sich genommen God has taken her to [or old unto] Himself

6. (entziehen)

▪ [jdm/etw] etw \nehmen to take [away sep] sth from sb/sth, to take [away sep] sb's/sth's sth

das nimmt der Sache das ganz Interessante daran that takes all the interest out of the matter

jdm Angst/Bedenken \nehmen to take away [or ease] sb's fear/doubts

jdm Freude/Glück/Hoffnung/Spaß \nehmen to take away sb's [or to rob [or deprive] sb of their] joy/happiness/hope/fun

jdm alle Illusionen \nehmen to disillusion sb

jdm die Sicht \nehmen to block sb's view

7. (befreien)

▪ etw [von jdm] \nehmen to take [away sep] [sb's] sth, to relieve sb of his/her sth

8. (nutzen)

▪ etw [für etw akk/in etw akk] \nehmen:

nimm nicht so viel Salz don't use so much salt

man nehme: 6 Eier, 100 Gramm Zucker,... take 6 eggs, 100 grams of sugar,...

Milch/Zucker in den Tee \nehmen to take milk/sugar in one's tea

einen anderen Weg \nehmen (fig) to take a different path

Werkzeug \nehmen to use tools

▪ etw als etw \nehmen to use sth as sth

▪ etw von etw dat \nehmen to use sth from sth

davon braucht man nur ganz wenig zu \nehmen you only need to use a small amount

9. (bei sich bringen)

▪ jdn/etw irgendwohin \nehmen to take [or put] sb/sth somewhere

ein Kind auf den Schoß \nehmen to take [or sit] a child on one's lap

jdn in die Mitte \nehmen to take sb in one's midst

jdn/etw auf die Schultern \nehmen to take [or put] sb/sth on one's shoulders, to shoulder sth

▪ jdn/etw an sich akk \nehmen to take sb/sth; (aufheben) to pick [or take] up sb/sth sep; (aufbewahren) to take charge of sth; (jdn aufnehmen) to take sb in one's charge

10. (laden)

▪ etw \nehmen Schiff to take on [or be loaded with] sth

11. (herausbringen)

▪ jdn/etw aus etw dat \nehmen to take sb/sth out of sth

▪ jdn/etw von etw dat \nehmen to take sb/sth from [or off] sth

nimm die Finger davon! take your fingers off!

den Hut vom Kopf \nehmen to take off sep one's hat

12. (weigern)

sein Kind aus der Schule \nehmen to stop one's child from going to school

13. (engagieren)

▪ [sich dat] jdn \nehmen to get sb

14. TRANSP (benutzen)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

heute nehme ich das Auto/die Bahn/den Bus I'll take the car/train/bus [or go by car/train/bus] today

15. (wählen)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

▪ jdn [als jdn] \nehmen to take sb [as sb]

16. (unterbringen)

▪ jdn ins Haus [o zu sich dat] \nehmen to take in sb sep; Verwandte to have sb come and live with one

17. (beanspruchen)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

18. (fordern)

▪ etw [für etw akk] \nehmen to want sth [for sth]; Verkäufer a. to ask [or charge] sth for sth

\nehmen Sie sonst noch was? would you like anything else?

19. (geh: verzehren)

▪ etw [zu sich dat] \nehmen to have [or drink/eat] sth, to partake of sth form

das Abendmahl \nehmen to receive Communion

das Frühstück \nehmen to eat [or have] [or take] breakfast, to breakfast

20. (Medikament)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth; (regelmäßig a.) to be on sth

21. (verstehen)

▪ etw als etw \nehmen to take sth as [or to be] sth

22. (bewerten)

jdn ernst \nehmen to take sb seriously

etw ernst/wörtlich \nehmen to take sth seriously/literally

etw tragisch \nehmen (fam) to take sth to heart

23. DIAL (verkennen)

▪ jdn für jdn \nehmen to take [or mistake] sb for sb

24. (akzeptieren)

jdn/etw [so] \nehmen, wie er/sie/es ist to take sb/sth as he/she/it is

etw \nehmen, wie es kommt to take sth as it comes

die Dinger \nehmen, wie sie kommen to take things as they come

25. (denken)

▪ jdn/etw \nehmen to take sb/sth

\nehmen wir den Fall, dass... let's assume [that]...

26. (umgehen)

jdn/etw zu \nehmen wissen, wissen, wie man jdn/etw \nehmen muss to know how to take sb/sth

▪ jdn wie jdn \nehmen to treat sb like sb

27. (überwinden)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

28. MIL (erobern)

▪ etw \nehmen to take sth

29. (koitieren)

▪ jdn \nehmen to take sb

30. (mitschneiden)

▪ etw auf etw akk \nehmen to record sth on sth

etw auf Band \nehmen to record sth on tape, to tape sth

31. (fotografieren)

▪ etw auf etw akk \nehmen to take a picture [or photo] of sth on sth

32. (foulen)

jdn hart \nehmen to foul sb badly

33. SPORT (auffangen)

den Ball \nehmen to take the ball

einen Schlag \nehmen Boxer to take a punch

34. (mieten)

▪ sich dat etw \nehmen to take sth

35. siehe auch n

Abschrift \nehmen (form) to make a copy

etw in Arbeit \nehmen to start work on sth

eine gute Entwicklung \nehmen to develop well

seinen Rücktritt \nehmen to resign

Wohnung \nehmen (geh) to rent an apartment

36.

▶ etw an sich akk \nehmen, etw auf sich akk \nehmen to take sth upon oneself

die Schuld auf sich akk \nehmen to take the blame

▶ es auf sich akk \nehmen, etw zu tun to take it upon oneself to do sth

▶ einen \nehmen (fam) to have a drink

▶ sich dat etw nicht \nehmen lassen to not be robbed of sth

▶ es sich dat nicht \nehmen lassen, etw zu tun to insist on doing sth

▶ sie \nehmen sich dat nichts (fam) they're both the same [or as good/bad as each other]

▶ woher \nehmen und nicht stehlen? where on earth is one going to get that from?

▶ jdn nicht für voll \nehmen (fam) to not take sb seriously

▶ wie man's nimmt (fam) whatever [or how ever] you like

* * *

unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) take

etwas in die Hand/unter den Arm nehmen — take something in one's hand/take or put something under one's arm

etwas an sich (Akk.) nehmen — pick something up; (und aufbewahren) take charge of something

sich (Dat.) etwas nehmen — take something; (sich bedienen) help oneself to something

zu sich nehmen — take in < orphan>

sie nahm ihren Vater zu sich — she had her father come and live with her

auf sich (Akk.) nehmen — take on <responsibility, burden>; take < blame>

die Dinge nehmen, wie sie kommen — take things as they come

2) (wegnehmen)

jemandem/einer Sache etwas nehmen — deprive somebody/something of something

jemandem die Sicht/den Ausblick nehmen — block somebody's view

die Angst von jemandem nehmen — relieve somebody of his/her fear

es sich (Dat.) nicht nehmen lassen, etwas zu tun — not let anything stop one from doing something

3) (benutzen) use <ingredients, washing powder, wool, brush, knitting needles, etc.>

man nehme... — (in Rezepten) take...

den Zug/ein Taxi usw. nehmen — take the train/a taxi etc.

[sich (Dat.)] einen Anwalt usw. nehmen — get a lawyer etc.

4) (aussuchen) take

ich nehme die Pastete — I'll have the pâté

5) (in Anspruch nehmen) take <lessons, holiday, etc.>

6) (verlangen) charge

7) (einnehmen, essen) take <medicines, tablets, etc.>

etwas [Richtiges] zu sich nehmen — have something [decent] to eat

sie nimmt die Pille — she's taking or she's on the pill (coll.)

8) (auffassen) take ( als as)

etwas/jemanden ernst/etwas leicht nehmen — take something/somebody seriously/take something lightly

jemanden nicht für voll nehmen — (ugs.) not take somebody seriously

9) (behandeln) treat < person>

10) (überwinden, militärisch einnehmen) take <obstacle, bend, incline, village, bridgehead, etc.>; (fig.) take < woman>

11) (Sport) take < ball, punch>

einen Spieler hart nehmen — foul a player blatantly

* * *

Nehmen n; -s, kein pl:

er ist hart im Nehmen he can take a lot (of punishment); → Geben

* * *

unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) take

etwas in die Hand/unter den Arm nehmen — take something in one's hand/take or put something under one's arm

etwas an sich (Akk.) nehmen — pick something up; (und aufbewahren) take charge of something

sich (Dat.) etwas nehmen — take something; (sich bedienen) help oneself to something

zu sich nehmen — take in < orphan>

sie nahm ihren Vater zu sich — she had her father come and live with her

auf sich (Akk.) nehmen — take on <responsibility, burden>; take < blame>

die Dinge nehmen, wie sie kommen — take things as they come

2) (wegnehmen)

jemandem/einer Sache etwas nehmen — deprive somebody/something of something

jemandem die Sicht/den Ausblick nehmen — block somebody's view

die Angst von jemandem nehmen — relieve somebody of his/her fear

es sich (Dat.) nicht nehmen lassen, etwas zu tun — not let anything stop one from doing something

3) (benutzen) use <ingredients, washing powder, wool, brush, knitting needles, etc.>

man nehme... — (in Rezepten) take...

den Zug/ein Taxi usw. nehmen — take the train/a taxi etc.

[sich (Dat.)] einen Anwalt usw. nehmen — get a lawyer etc.

4) (aussuchen) take

ich nehme die Pastete — I'll have the pâté

5) (in Anspruch nehmen) take <lessons, holiday, etc.>

6) (verlangen) charge

7) (einnehmen, essen) take <medicines, tablets, etc.>

etwas [Richtiges] zu sich nehmen — have something [decent] to eat

sie nimmt die Pille — she's taking or she's on the pill (coll.)

8) (auffassen) take ( als as)

etwas/jemanden ernst/etwas leicht nehmen — take something/somebody seriously/take something lightly

jemanden nicht für voll nehmen — (ugs.) not take somebody seriously

9) (behandeln) treat < person>

10) (überwinden, militärisch einnehmen) take <obstacle, bend, incline, village, bridgehead, etc.>; (fig.) take < woman>

11) (Sport) take <ball, punch>

einen Spieler hart nehmen — foul a player blatantly

* * *

v.

(§ p.,pp.: nahm, genommen)

= to take v.

(§ p.,p.p.: took, taken) v.

to take v.

(§ p.,p.p.: took, taken)

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Nehmen
11 lög-maðr

m. [old Swed. lagman; the president of the supreme court formerly held in Orkney was called the lagman]:—‘law-man.’ In the ancient Scandinavian kingdoms each legal community or state (lög) had its own laws, its own parliament (lögþing), and its own ‘law-man’ (lagh-mann, lögmaðr); the lagman was the first commoner and the spokesman of the people against the king and court at public assemblies or elsewhere; he was also the guardian of the law, and the president of the legislative body and of the law courts. As in the heathen time laws were not written, the lagman had to say what was the law of the land in any case of doubt; in the general assemblies, at least in Iceland, he had to ‘say’ the law (from memory) to the assembled people from the Law-hill (Lögbergi); hence in the Icelandic Commonwealth he was called lög-sögu-maðr (q. v.), the ‘law-speaker,’ ‘law-sayer,’ ‘speaker of the law,’ and his office lög-saga or lög-sögn = ‘law-speaking:’

1. Sweden and Gothland in olden times were the classical lands of lagmen, for the whole kingdom was a confederation of commonwealths, each with its parliament, law-speaker, and laws, who were all of them united under one king; see the various records in the old Swedish laws, Sveriges Gamla Lagar, as edited by Schlyter, as also the classical account given of lagman Thorgny in Ó. H. ch. 60 sqq.—í hverri þessi deild landsins er sitt lögþing, ok sín lög, yfir hverjum lögum er lögmaðr, … þat skulu lög vera sem hann réð upp at kveða; en ef konungr, eða jarl, eða byskupar fara yfir land ok eigu þing við búendr, þá svarar lögmaðr af hendi búenda …; aðrir lögmenn allir skulu vera undir-menn þess lögmanns er á Tíunda-landi er, Ó. H. 65.

2. in Norway the political institutions of the old patriarchal ages were greatly disturbed through the wars and conquest of Harald Fairhair; the ancient laws of Norway too have been preserved in a much more fragmentary state than those of Sweden; of some of the most interesting laws only the eccl. section has been preserved, often in Icelandic transcripts or abridged. The most interesting records of the lagmen are therefore not to be found in the Norse laws, but in the Sagas, e. g. the debates in the Hák. S. Gamla, ch. 71–80, 85–97 (in the Flatey book), as also in the Þinga-þáttr in Fms. vii. 123–150, and in stray passages in the Icelandic Sagas, in such phrases as lögmenn ok konungr, lögmenn ok dómendr, lenda menn ok lögmenn ok alla alþýðu, Eg. 352.

3. in the later Middle Age in Norway, and in Icel. after 1280, the lagman was a justice, who presided in the court lögrétta, at the lögþing (II), cp. Jb. passim.

4. in the Icelandic Commonwealth, the officer whose duties have been described above was specially called lögsögumaðr, and lögmaðr is only used = lagamaðr = a lawyer,—þat er ok, at lögsögumaðr skal svá görla þáttu alla upp segja, at engi viti einna miclogi görr, en ef honum vinsk eigi fróðleikr til þess, þá skal hann eiga stefnu við fimm lögmenn (lawyers, men skilled in law), en næstu dægr áðr, eðr fleiri, Grág. i. 2, 3; þat skal allt hafa er finnsk á skr þeirri er Hafliði lét göra … en þat eitt af annarra lögmanna fyrirsögn ( of other lawyers) er eigi mæli því í gegn, 7; Njáll var lögmaðr svá mikill ( so great a lawyer), at eingi fannsk hans jafningi, Nj. 30. At the union with Norway (A. D. 1272) the lögsögu-maðr of the Commonwealth was replaced by two lagmen of the Norse kind, so that in the Sagas composed after that date (e. g. the Grettla) or in Sagas preserved in later transcripts, the terms were now and then confounded, and ‘lögmaðr’ was, by way of anachronism, used of the lögsögu-maðr of the old Commonwealth, cp. Grett. 64, 115, 173, 191 new Ed., Nj. 24, 164, 237 (v. l.), Eg. 597, Ísl. (Gunnl. S.) ii. 208, 238, 256, Bs. i. (Hungrv.) 62, Fms. iv. 115, 176, where the Ó. H. edition has the true reading, being made from a vellum of the Commonwealth time.

β. two instances are recorded referring to the 10th century in Iceland, where a lögmaðr occurs as a kind of county sheriff or officer, viz. in the Háv. S. (begin.) and the Svarfdæla S. ch. 10; but both records seem to be spurious and adapted to the state of things in Norway, for neither Saga is preserved in its pure original state, but remoulded after the union; see Maurer’s Entstehung des Isl. Staates, Beiträge, 136 sqq. In Scandinavia during the Middle Ages, as the power of the king increased, so that of the old lagman sank, and at last died away. In England it is preserved in the Speaker of the House of Commons, whose very name recalls to mind the law-speaker of the old Scandinavian communities.

II. a pr. name, Lög-maðr, Orkn.

COMPDS: lögmannsdæmi, lögmannseiðr, lögmannslauss, lögmannsúrskurðr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > lög-maðr
12 Capitolium

Căpĭtōlĭum, ii, n., = Kapitôlion [ = capitulum, from caput]; in a restricted sense, the Capitol, the temple of Jupiter, at Rome, built on the summit of Mons Saturnius or Tarpeius by the Tarquinii, and afterwards splendidly adorned, Liv. 1, 55, 1 sq.; v. Class. Dict.; Verg. A. 9, 448; opp. to the Arx, and separated from it by the Intermontium.—In a more extended sense, the whole hill (hence called Mons or Clivus Capitolinus), including the temple and citadel, separated from the Palatine Hill by the Forum Romanum, now Campidoglio. Acc. to a fanciful etym., this word is derived from the discovery of a man's head in laying the foundations of the temple, Varr. L. L. 5, § 41 Müll.; Liv. 1, 55, 6: [p. 287] which Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 345, and Arn. 6, p. 194, also give as the head of a certain Tolus or Olus. The Capitolimn was regarded by the Romans as indestructible, and was adopted as a symbol of eternity, Verg. A. 9, 448; Hor. C. 3, 30, 8 sq. Orell. ad loc.— Poet., in plur., Verg. A. 8, 347; Ov. A. A. 3, 115; Prop. 4 (5), 4, 27; v. Neue, Formenl. 1, p. 397.—
2.
Căpĭtōlĭum Vĕtus, the Old Capitol, an earlier temple of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, on the Quirinal, Varr. L. L. 5, § 158; cf. Becker, Antiq. 1, 713.—
II.
Transf.
A.
The citadel of any town, e. g. in Capua, Suet. Tib. 40; id. Calig. 57;
in Beneventum,
id. Gram. 9; cf. also Plaut, Curc. 2, 2, 19; Sil. 11, 267; Inscr. Orell. 68 (Veronae); 3314 (Faleriis); 6139 (Constantinae); 6978 sq.—
B.
In eccl. Lat., any heathen temple, Prud. contr. Symm. 1, 632.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Capitolium
13 Capitolium Vetus

Căpĭtōlĭum, ii, n., = Kapitôlion [ = capitulum, from caput]; in a restricted sense, the Capitol, the temple of Jupiter, at Rome, built on the summit of Mons Saturnius or Tarpeius by the Tarquinii, and afterwards splendidly adorned, Liv. 1, 55, 1 sq.; v. Class. Dict.; Verg. A. 9, 448; opp. to the Arx, and separated from it by the Intermontium.—In a more extended sense, the whole hill (hence called Mons or Clivus Capitolinus), including the temple and citadel, separated from the Palatine Hill by the Forum Romanum, now Campidoglio. Acc. to a fanciful etym., this word is derived from the discovery of a man's head in laying the foundations of the temple, Varr. L. L. 5, § 41 Müll.; Liv. 1, 55, 6: [p. 287] which Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 345, and Arn. 6, p. 194, also give as the head of a certain Tolus or Olus. The Capitolimn was regarded by the Romans as indestructible, and was adopted as a symbol of eternity, Verg. A. 9, 448; Hor. C. 3, 30, 8 sq. Orell. ad loc.— Poet., in plur., Verg. A. 8, 347; Ov. A. A. 3, 115; Prop. 4 (5), 4, 27; v. Neue, Formenl. 1, p. 397.—
2.
Căpĭtōlĭum Vĕtus, the Old Capitol, an earlier temple of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, on the Quirinal, Varr. L. L. 5, § 158; cf. Becker, Antiq. 1, 713.—
II.
Transf.
A.
The citadel of any town, e. g. in Capua, Suet. Tib. 40; id. Calig. 57;
in Beneventum,
id. Gram. 9; cf. also Plaut, Curc. 2, 2, 19; Sil. 11, 267; Inscr. Orell. 68 (Veronae); 3314 (Faleriis); 6139 (Constantinae); 6978 sq.—
B.
In eccl. Lat., any heathen temple, Prud. contr. Symm. 1, 632.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Capitolium Vetus
14 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
15 curia

cūrĭa, ae, f. [kindr. with Quiris, Quirites; cf. the letter C], a curia or court, one of the thirty parts into which Romulus divided the Roman people, ten for each of the three tribes; each curia contained ten gentes, Varr. ap. Dion. Hal. 2, 83; Liv. 1, 13, 6; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 2, 12; Dig. 1, 2, 2; Paul. ex Fest. p. 49, 1 Müll.—
II.
Meton.
A.
A structure built for the religious services of a curia (sometimes also serving for other purposes), Varr. L. L. 5, § 155 Müll.; Fest. p. 174, 6 ib.: veteres, on the east side of the Palatine Hill, Varr. l. l. ib.; Tac. A. 12, 24;
called curia prisca,
Ov. F. 3, 140; Fest. l. l.: Novae, id. l. l.—
2.
Hence, dies curiae, a festival day, Cic. de Or. 1, 7. 27.—Hence,
B.
One of the edifices in which the Senate held its consultations.
1.
Commonly kat exochên, the Curia Hostilia built by Tullus Hostilius (in reference to the later Curia Julia and Pompeiana, v. infra), the Curia, Senate-house, Varr. L. L. 5, § 155 Müll.; Liv. 1, 30, 2; Plin. 35, 4, 7, § 22; Varr. L. L. 6, § 46; id. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 57, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 17, 31; id. Cat. 4, 1, 2; id. Fl. 24, 57; id. Mil. 33, 89; Quint. 11, 1, 47; Ov. M. 15, 802. —
2.
Curia Julia, the Senate-house begun by Julius Cæsar, finished by the triumvirs, and used by the Senate after the burning of the Curia Hostilia, Suet. Calig. 60.—
3.
Curia Pompeji or Pompeja, the Senate-house built by Pompey, finally closed after the assassination of Julius Cæsar in it, Cic. Div. 2, 9, 23; Suet. Caes. 80 sq. et saep.—Hence, trop., as emblem of law:
stante urbe et curiā,
Cic. Planc. 29, 71:
pro curia inversique mores,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 7;
of the senatorial rank: curia pauperibus clausa est,
Ov. Am. 3, 8, 55.—
C.
Of the places of assembly of high councils out of Rome, Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 50; Liv. 24, 24, 4; Ov. M. 13, 197; Juv. 9, 101.—
D.
The assembly of the Senate, the Senate (cf. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 167):
a curiā nulla me res divellet,
Cic. Att. 1, 20, 3:
aliquem in curiam introducere,
Liv. 22, 1, 14; 2, 23, 11 sq.; 2, 24, 3; Suet. Caes. 22; id. Aug. 38; Hor. C. 2, 1, 14 et saep.—
E.
Curia Calabra, so called from the proclamation of the dates which was there made; v. Calabra.—
F.
Curia Saliorum, the official building of the Salii on the Palatine Hill, consecrated to Mars, in which the sacred lituus was kept, Cic. Div. 1, 17, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > curia
16 sacer

săcer, sā̆cra, sā̆crum (ante-class. collat. form sacer, sacris, sacre; plur.:
sacres porci,
Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 16; id. Rud. 4, 6, 4; Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 20; 4, 16; sing. acc.: sacrem porcum, Fest. s. h. v. p. 318 Müll.), adj. [root sa-; Gr. saos, sôos, safe; whence Lat. sānus], dedicated or consecrated to a divinity, holy, sacred, = hieros (cf.: sanctus, augustus): Gallus Aelius ait, sacrum esse quocumque modo atque instituto civitatis consecratum sit, sive aedis, sive ara, sive signum, sive locus, sive pecunia, sive quid aliud quod dis dedicatum atque consecratum sit, Fest. s. v. sacer mons, p. 318 Müll.; cf.:
quicquid destinatum est diis, sacrum vocatur,
Macr. S. 3, 7:
sacrae (res) sunt quae diis superis consecratae sunt: religiosae quae diis manibus relictae sunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 3.
I.
In gen.
(α).
Absol.:
quicquam (opp. profanum),
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 27; id. Trin. 2, 2, 8; cf.:
aedificiis omnibus, publicis privatis sacris profanis, sic pepercit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 54, § 129; so,
locus sacer et profanus,
id. Inv. 1, 26, 38; Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7; Quint. 5, 10, 38:
miscebis sacra profanis,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 54; id. A. P. 397; Nep. Them. 6, 5; Sall. C. 11, 6:
villae signis et tabulis refertae partim publicis partim etiam sacris et religiosis,
Cic. Leg. 3, 13, 31; so (with religiosus) id. Verr. 2, 4, 57, § 127; Suet. Tib. 61:
mores autem rapere properant quā sacrum quā puplicum,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 37:
(legum) genera sunt tria, sacri, publici, privati juris,
Quint. 2, 4, 33; cf. in the sup.:
deprecor hoc unum per jura sacerrima lecti,
Ov. H. 9, 159:
aedes,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Fam. 13, 11, 1; Quint. 4, 2, 8; Ov. M. 14, 315:
lucus late sacer,
Verg. A. 5, 761:
arvum Martis,
Ov. M. 7, 101:
ara,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 1, 20:
aurum,
Liv. 5, 50; cf.
pecunia (opp. privata),
Quint. 4, 2, 8:
arma,
Liv. 24, 21:
tus,
Ov. M. 14, 130:
sanguis (of the sacrificial victim),
Cat. 68, 75:
ales (so called from its use in augury),
Verg. A. 11, 721:
luces (with profestae),
Hor. C. 4, 15, 25; cf.
dies (with religiosus),
Suet. Tib. 61:
tempus,
Hor. C. S. 4:
commissum,
a crime against religion, Cic. Leg. 2, 9 et saep.— Poet.: vitis (as sacred to Bacchus), Enn. ap. Charis. p. 214 P. (Trag. v. 149 Vahl.); Hor. C. 1, 18, 1; so,
laurus,
id. ib. 3, 4, 18; Verg. A. 7, 60:
robur,
Ov. M. 8, 752:
aqua,
Hor. C. 1, 1, 22:
fontes,
Ov. M. 2, 464; Verg. E. 1, 53:
focus,
Hor. Epod. 2, 43:
Tarentum,
id. C. 1, 28, 29:
fines,
Sil. 3, 501; cf.
montes (the Alps, because not to be ascended by men),
id. 4, 70;
vates (because dedicated to Apollo),
Hor. C. 4, 9, 28; Tib. 2, 5, 113; cf.:
sacer interpresque deorum Orpheus,
Hor. A. P. 391;
and (for sanctus) of the divinity itself: Vesta,
Prop. 3, 4 (4, 3), 11; so,
Cybebe,
id. 3 (4), 22, 3 (but in Liv. 3, 19: ut sacrosancti habeantur, quibus ipsi dii neque sacri neque sancti sunt, so used only on account of the lusus verbb. with sacrosancti;
v. the context).—Sacer Mons,
a hill about three miles from Rome, beyond the Anio, and on the right of the Via Nomentana, to which the Roman people retired during their controversy with the Senate, Liv. 2, 32; 3, 52; Cic. Rep. 2, 37, 63; id. Brut. 14, 54:
os sacrum, quod imum ventrem sustinet,
Cael. Aur. Tard. 1, 4: Sacra Via, or ( poet.) Sacer Clivus, a street in Rome leading from the Forum to the Capitol, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; id. Att. 4, 3, 3; Hor. S. 1, 9, 1; id. C. 4, 2, 35; Mart. 1, 70, 5;
v. also via, I. A. 2.: sacer morbus,
the epilepsy, Cael. Aur. Tard. 1, 4:
sacer lapis,
a stone landmark, a mere-stone, Liv. 41, 13: os sacrum, anatom. t. t., = Gr. hieron osteon, the lowest bone of the spine, Cael. Aur. Tard. 1, 4, 24:
litterae sacrae (eccl. Lat.),
the Scriptures, Vulg. 2 Tim. 3, 15.—For its combinations with ignis, via, etc., v. those words.—
(β).
With gen. (class.):
ego te sacram coronam surripuisse scio Jovis,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 38; so,
urna Veneris,
id. Rud. 2, 5, 16 (for which:
urna Veneria,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18):
Dianae celebris dies,
Hor. C. 2, 12, 20:
sepulcrum Batti veteris,
Cat. 7, 6; cf. Plin. 8, 21, 31, § 76.—As a predicate: terra, ut focus domiciliorum, sacra deorum omnium est (a transl. of the Platon. Gê hiera pantôn theôn), Cic. Leg. 2, 18, 45:
illa insula (sc. Delos) eorum deorum sacra putatur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 48.—
(γ).
With dat. (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose; cf.
infra, II. A.): sacra Jovi quercus,
Ov. M. 7, 623:
esculus Jovi sacra,
Plin. 16, 4, 5, § 11:
Nymphis cervus,
Ov. M. 10, 109:
Cereri Polyphoetes (as a priest),
Verg. A. 6, 484:
pugionem templo Salutis detraxerat gestabatque velut magno operi sacrum,
Tac. A. 15, 53:
cupressus Diti sacra,
Plin. 16, 33, 60, § 139:
aesculus Jovi,
id. 16, 4, 5, § 11.—As a predicate:
Jani mensis, Qui sacer est imis Manibus,
Ov. F. 2, 52, quercus antiqua, quae erat Marti sacra, Suet. Vesp. 5 (al. sacrata).—
B.
Transf., in gen., holy, sacred, awful, venerable (not till after the Aug. per., and very rare):
silentium,
Hor. C. 2, 13, 29:
laedere amantes,
Prop. 3, 16 (4, 15), 11:
lingua (Ciceronis),
Mart. 5, 69, 7:
Maro,
id. 8. 56, 3:
quaedam patris memoria,
Quint. 11, 1, 59:
O sacer et magnus vatum labor,
Luc. 9, 983:
heu sacri vatum errores,
Sil. 8, 100.—So used of the emperors;
disapproved of by Tiberius: (Tiberius) alium dicentem sacras ejus occupationes verba mutare et pro sacris laboriosas dicere coëgit,
Suet. Tib. 27.—But soon after Tiberius in general use:
auris Caesaris,
Mart. 7, 99, 4:
sacri lateris custos,
id. 6, 76, 1:
apud aures sacras mentitus est,
Amm. 28, 6, 26 (cf.:
se Imperatori mentitum,
id. 28, 6, 26, § 21); and hence, for ecclesiastical: domus, comitatus, scrinia, largitiones, etc., in the law books et saep.
II.
In partic., with a bad accessory signif., devoted to a divinity for destruction, forfeited; and absol., accursed, criminal, impious, wicked.
(α).
With dat.: si quisquam aliuta faxit, ipsos Jovi sacer esto, Lex Numae ap. Fest. p. 6 Müll.; cf.: ut caput ejus Jovi sacrum esset, an ancient plebiscitum ap. Liv. 3, 55, 7:
non alienum videtur, de condicione eorum hominum referre, quos leges sacros esse certis diis jubent, quod, cum cetera sacra violari nefas sit, hominem sacrum jus fuerit occidi, etc.,
Macr. S. 3, 7.—
(β).
Absol.: homo sacer is est, quem populus judicavit ob maleficium; neque fas est eum immolari; sed qui occidit, parricidii non damnatur. Nam lege tribuniciā primā cavetur: si quis eum, qui eo plebei scito sacer sit, occiderit, parricida ne sit. Ex quo quivis homo malus atque improbus sacer appellari solet, Fest. s. v. sacer mons, p. 318 Müll.: PATRONVS SI CLIENTI FRAVDEM FECERIT SACER ESTO, LEX XII. Tab. ap. Serv. Verg. A. 6, 609;
in imitation: uter aedilis fuerit, etc.... is intestabilis et sacer esto,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 181:
eum, qui cuiquam nocuerit, sacrum sanciri,
Liv. 3, 55.—
B.
Transf., in gen., accursed, execrable, detestable, horrible, infamous, etc. (only poet. and in post-Aug. prose).
a.
Of persons:
ego sum malus, Ego sum sacer, scelestus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 6, 14; Afran. ap. Non. 397, 22 (with malus); Lucil. ib. 397, 27.— Sup., Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 67:
homo sacerrimus,
id. Poen. prol. 90; id. Rud. 1, 2, 69; Turp. ap. Non. 397, 29 (with pessimus). —
b.
Of things: sacerrimum domicilium, Turp. ap. Non. 397, 30:
di magni, horribilem et sacrum libellum,
Cat. 14, 12:
hircus alarum,
id. 71, 1:
auri fames,
Verg. A. 3, 57 (for which:
aurum fame,
Plin. 33, 1, 3, § 6:
venenum (Medeae),
Val. Fl. 7, 165:
nox,
id. 8, 25:
arma metu,
id. 4, 185; cf.
pavor,
id. 1, 798:
insania,
Stat. Th. 10, 804:
morbus,
i. e. epilepsy, Cael. Aur. Tard. 1, 4.—With dat.:
ut immerentis fluxit in terram Remi Sacer nepotibus cruor,
Hor. Epod. 7, 20.— Comp. and adv. do not appear (as for the comp. v. Varr. L. L. 8, § 77 Müll.).—Hence, subst.: sā̆crum, i, n., something consecrated; a holy or sacred thing, a sacred vessel or utensil; a sanctuary, a temple; a religious act, a sacrifice, etc.; in plur. in gen., sacred rites, religious worship, religion (both of the State and of single races and families; and even of individuals; v. infra, b; class.; most freq. in plur.).
A.
Lit.
(α).
Sing.:
sacrum sacrove commendatum qui cleperit rapsitque parricida esto,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ubi sacro manus sis admolitus,
Plaut. As. 3, 2, 24:
omne sacrum rapiente dextrā,
Hor. C. 3, 3, 52:
metuens velut contingere sacrum,
id. S. 2, 3, 110:
apud Cluacinae sacrum,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 10; Quint. 1, 4, 6:
Minervae,
Dict. Cret. 5, 12 fin.:
theatrum veluti quoddam illius sacri templum vocabimus,
Quint. 3, 8, 29: [p. 1611] quae (sacerdos Cereris) Graecum illud sacrum monstraret et faceret, Cic. Balb. 24, 55:
sacrum Herculi facere,
Liv. 1, 7:
facere Junoni,
Prop. 4 (5), 9, 43:
facto per Magos sacro,
Suet. Ner. 34:
sollemne sacrum conficere,
Flor. 1, 13, 16:
ita se habet sacrum (Suovetaurilia),
Quint. 1, 5, 67:
arma lecta conici in acervum jussit consul sacrumque id Vulcano cremavit,
Liv. 41, 12:
sacrum piaculare fieri,
id. 29, 19:
sollemne Apollinis sacrum,
Suet. Aug. 94; Ov. M. 12, 33:
pyrā sacri sub imagine factā,
id. ib. 14, 80:
nec de lucernā fas est accendi sacrum,
Phaedr. 4, 11, 13:
neve initianto, nisi ut assolet, Cereri, Graeco sacro,
according to the Grecian rites, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 21; cf.:
vetabo, qui Cereris sacrum Vulgarit arcanae,
Hor. C. 3, 2, 26:
morientibus operire (oculos) rursusque in rogo patefacere, Quiritium ritu sacrum est,
Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150:
in sacro est,
id. 18, 12, 30, § 118.—
(β).
Plur.: sacra deosque penates.. ex aedibus suis eripuisse dixit, sacred vessels or utensils, holy things, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 5, § 13; cf. Liv. 5, 40:
sacra omnia proferre, Auct. B. Alex. 32, 3: portabant canistris,
Ov. M. 2, 713:
Troïa,
Tib. 2, 5, 40:
velut qui Junonis sacra ferret,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 11; cf.
of the same,
Verg. A. 2, 293; 2, 717 Heyne; Ov. F. 1, 527; id. H. 7, 80; 7, 158:
cumque suis penetralia sacris,
i. e. the images of the gods, Penates, id. M. 1, 287:
jactata aequoribus sacra,
Hor. C.4,4,54:
pueri Sacra canunt,
sacred songs, Verg. A. 2, 239; cf. Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 19:
sacra ordine in mensā Penatium deorum Ponuntur,
sacred gifts, offerings, Naev. B. Pun. 1, 11:
neve ulla vitiorum sacra sollemnia obeunto,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19:
sicut in sollemnibus sacris fieri consuevit,
Sall. C. 22, 2:
qui (Mercurius) sacris anniversariis coleretur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 39, § 84 (for which:
sacrificiis anniversariis colebatur,
id. ib. 2, 4, 57, §
128: sacris e principum numero pontifices quinque praefecit,
id. Rep. 2, 14, 26:
(Romulus) sacra diis aliis Albano ritu, Graeco Herculi facit,
Liv. 1, 7; cf.:
sacra Jovi facturus erat,
Ov. M. 3, 26:
sacra Jovi Stygio Perficere,
Verg. A. 4, 638:
ipse (Numa) plurima sacra obibat,
Liv. 1, 20:
densi circumstant sacra ministri,
Ov. M. 2, 717:
arcana sacra,
Hor. Epod. 5, 52; Ov. M. 10, 436:
fera,
id. ib. 13, 454:
nefanda,
id. ib. 10, 228:
mystica,
id. H. 2, 42:
horrida,
Sil. 3, 140:
veneranda,
id. 7, 382:
casta,
Stat. Achill. 1, 370.
a.
Divine worship or religion in gen.: publica sacra, quae publico sumptu pro populo fiunt, quaeque pro montibus, pagis, curiis, sacellis: at privata, quae pro singulis hominibus, familiis, gentibus fiunt, Fest. pp. 244 and 245 Müll.; Liv. 5, 52:
quo foedere (Romulus) et Sabinos in civitatem ascivit, sacris communicatis,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 13:
quod per populum errari fas non erat propter religionem sacrorum,
id. Agr. 2, 7, 18; so,
religio sacrorum,
id. Fl. 28, 69:
sacra Cereris conficere,
id. Balb. 24, 55; so,
Cereris,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 14 (cf. supra, a fin.):
Eleusina,
Suet. Claud. 23:
Junonis,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 11:
Orphica,
rites, solemnity, festival, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 58:
Bacchia,
Ov. M. 3, 518:
trieterica Bacchi,
id. ib. 6, 587:
Dianae,
id. ib. 7, 94;
15, 489: Isidis,
Suet. Oth. 12 et saep.—
b.
The private religious rites of a gens, a family, etc. (observed by the Romans with the greatest care):
sacra privata perpetua manento,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 47:
an gentilicia sacra ne in bello quidem intermitti, publica sacra et Romanos deos etiam in pace deseri placet?
Liv. 5, 52:
ut ne morte patris familias sacrorum memoria occideret,
Cic. Leg. 2, 19, 48:
docebant (antiqui) tribus modis sacris adstringi,
id. ib. 2, 20, 49:
magnum est eadem habere monumenta majorum, eisdem uti sacris, sepulcra habere communia,
id. Off. 1, 17, 55; cf.:
ut qui natus sit, ignoret, cujus sanguinis, quorum sacrorum sit,
Liv. 4,2:
sacra interire illi (majores) noluerunt,
Cic. Mur. 12, 27:
sacrorum alienatio,
id. Or. 42, 144 (v. alienatio); cf. sing.:
sacrum familiare,
Macr. S. 1, 16:
nuptialia,
marriage solemnities, Quint. 1, 7, 28;
called also jugalia,
Ov. M. 7, 700; cf. respecting the sacra privata of the Romans, Savigny, in his Zeitschr. 2, p. 397 sq.—
c.
Poet., poems (as sacred to the Muses):
mihi jam puero caelestia sacra placebant, Inque suum furtim Musa trahebat opus,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 19:
vatum,
Pers. prol. 7:
Maronis,
Mart. 7, 63, 5. —
2.
Prov.
a.
Inter sacrum saxumque stare, to stand between the victim and the knife, i. e. to be between the door and the wall, to be in great straits, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 84; cf.:
inter sacrum et saxum positus,
App. M. 11, p. 271 fin. —
b.
Hereditas sine sacris, i. e. a great profit without trouble, = a rose without thorns, meat without bone, etc. (because the keeping up of the sacra privata was attended with great expense), Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 8, and id. Trin. 2, 4, 83; cf. Fest. p. 290 Müll.—
B.
Transf., in gen. (the figure being borrowed from secret religious rites), in plur.: sacra, secrets, mysteries (not till after the Aug. period, and very rare):
sacra tori coitusque novos referebam,
Ov. M. 7, 709:
peregisse mihi videor sacra tradentium artes,
Quint. 5, 14, 27 (cf.:
omnes fere, qui legem dicendi, quasi quaedam mysteria, tradiderunt,
id. 5, 13, 60):
litterarum colere,
id. 10, 1, 92:
studiorum profanare,
Tac. Or. 11.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sacer
17 चित्र _citra

चित्र a. [चित्र्-भावे अच्; चि-ष्ट्रन् वा Uṇ.4.163]

1 Bright, clear.

-2 Variegated, spotted, diversified.

-3 amusing, interesting, agreeable; Māl.1.4.

-4 Various, different, manifold; Pt.1.136; Ms.9.248; Y.1.288.

-5 Surprising, wonderful, strange; किमत्र चित्रम् R.5.33; Ś.2.15.

-6 Perceptible, visible.

-7 Conspicuous, excellent, distinguished; न यद्वचश्चित्रपदं हरेर्यशो जगत्पवित्रं प्रगृणीत कर्हिचित् Bhāg.1.5.1.

-8 Rough, agitated (as the sea, opp सम).

-9 Clear, loud, perceptible (as a sound).

-त्रः 1 The variegated colour.

-2 A form of Yama.

-3 The Aśoka tree.

-4 = चित्रगुप्त q. v. below.

-त्रम् 1 A picture, painting, delineation चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.9; पुनरपि चित्रीकृता कान्ता Ś.6.2,13,21 &c.

-2 A brilliant ornament or ornament.

-3 An extraordinary appearance, wonder.

-4 A sectarial mark on the fore- head.

-5 Heaven, sky.

-6 A spot.

-7 The white or spotted leprosy.

-8 (In Rhet.) The last of the three main divisions of Kāvya (poetry). (It is of two kinds शब्दचित्र and अर्थ-वाच्य-चित्र, and the poetical charm lies mainly in the use of figures of speech dependent on the sound and sense of words. Mammaṭa thus defines it:-- शब्दचित्रं वाज्यचित्रमव्यङ्ग्यं त्ववरं स्मृतम् K. P.1. As an instance of शब्दचित्र may be cited the following verse from R. G. मित्रात्रिपुत्रनेत्राय त्रयीशात्रवशत्रवे । गोत्रारिगोत्रजैत्राय गोत्रात्रे ते नमो नमः ॥

-9 Anything bright which strikes the eye.

-1 Playing upon words, punning, using conundrums, riddles &c.

-11 A lotus....... मङ्गले तिलके हेम्नि व्योम्नि पद्मे नपुंसकम् । Nm.

-त्रम् ind. Oh !, how strange !, what a wonder ! चित्रं बधिरो नाम व्याकरणमध्येष्यते Sk.

-Comp. -अक्षी, -नेत्रा, -लोचना a kind of bird com- monly called Sārikā.

-अङ्ग a. striped, having a spot- ted body.

(-ङ्गः) 1 a kind of snake.

-2 N. of Arjuna.

(-ङ्गम्) 1 vermilion.

-2 yellow orpiment.

-अङ्गद a. decked with brilliant bracelets. (

-दा) N. of a wife of Arjuna and mother of Babhruvāhana.

-अङ्गदसूः f. an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.

-अन्नम् rice dressed with coloured condiments; Y.1.34.

-अपूपः a kind of cake.

-अर्पित a. committed to a picture, painted. ˚आरम्भ a. painted; चित्रार्पितारम्भ इवावतस्थे R.2.31; Ku.3.42.

-आकृतिः f. a painted resemblance, portrait.

-आयसम् steel.

-आरम्भः a painted scene, outline of a picture; V.1.4. v. l.

-उक्तिः f.

1 agreeable or frequent discourse; जयन्ति ते पञ्चममित्रचित्रोक्तिसंदर्भविभूषणेषु Vikr.1.

-2 a voice from heaven.

-3 a surprising tale.

-ओदनः boiled rice coloured with turmeric &c.

-कण्ठः pigeon.

-कथालापः telling agreeable or charming stories.

-कम्बलः 1 painted cloth used as an elephant's housing

-2 a variegated carpet.

- कर 1 a painter.

-2 an actor.

-कर्मन् n.

1 an extraordinary act; धीर्न चित्रीयते कस्माद- भित्तौ चित्रकर्मणा Ks.6.5.

-2 ornamenting, decorating.

-3 a picture; Mu.2.4.

-4 magic. (-m.)

1 a magi- cian, one who works wonders.

-2 a painter. ˚विद् m.

1 a painter.

-2 a magician.

-कायः 1 a tiger in general.

-2 a leopard or panther.

-कारः 1 a painter.

-2 N. of a mixed tribe; (स्थपतेरपि गान्धिक्यां चित्रकारो व्यजायत Parāśara).

-कूटः N. of a hill and district near Pra- yāga; दृप्तः कुकुद्मानिव चित्रकूटः R.12;15;13.47, U.1.

-कृत् a. astonishing, surprising. (-m.) a painter.

-कोलः a kind of lizard.

-क्रिया, -कृत्यम् painting; आहूय स्वसुता- वासे चित्रकृत्ये न्ययुङ्क्त माम् Ks.71.82.

-क्षत्र a. Ved. having manifold power, or one whose wealth is visible; चित्रक्षत्र चित्रतमं वयोधाम् Rv.6.6.7.

-ग, -गत a.

1 painted, drawn in a picture; संपूर्णलक्षणा देवी प्रतिभाति स्म चित्रगा Ks.5.31.

-2 coloured, variegated.

-गन्धम् yellow orpiment.

-गुप्तः one of the beings in Yama's world recording the vices and virtues of mankind; नामान्येषां लिखामि ध्रुवमहम- धुना चित्रगुप्तः प्रमार्ष्टु Mu.1.2.

-गृहम् a painted room.

-जल्पः a random or incoherent talk, talk on various subjects.

-तण्डुलम् a medicinal plant said to possess anthelmintic virtues.

-त्वच् m. the Bhūrja tree.

-दण्डकः the cotton-plant.

-धा ind. in many ways; तर्कयामास चित्रधा Bhāg.3.13.2.

-न्यस्त a. painted, drawn in a picture; Ku.2.24.

-पक्षः the francoline partridge.

-पटः, -ट्टः 1 a painting, a picture.

-2 a coloured or chequered cloth.

-पद a.

1 divided into various parts.

-2 full of graceful expressions.

-पादा the bird called Sārikā.

-पिच्छकः a peacock.

-पुङ्खः a kind of arrow.

-पृष्ठः a sparrow.

-प्रतिकृतिः f. representation in colours, a painting, a picture.

-फलः, -फलकः A kind of large flat fish; L. D. B.

-फला 1 A smaller kind of flat fish.

-2 N. of several plants.

-फलकम् a tablet for painting, a picture-board.

-बर्हः a peacock;

-भानु a. of a variegated colour, shining with light; चित्रभानुरुषसां भात्यग्रे R.7.9.3; प्रपूर्वगौ पूर्वजौ चित्रभानू Mb.1.3.57.

(-नुः) 1 fire; पुच्छैः शिरोभिश्च भृशं चित्रभानुं प्रपेदिरे Mb.1.53. 5.

-2 the sun; (चित्रभानुर्विभातीति दिने रवौ रात्रौ वह्नौ K. P. 2 given as an instance of one of the modes of अञ्जन).

-3 N. of Bhairava.

-4 the Arka plant.

-5 Śiva.

-6 an epithet of the Aśvins.

-7 the first year of the first cycle of Jupiter.

-भाष्यम् A diplomatic speech; Mb. 5.35.71.

-भूत a. painted.

-मण्डलः a kind of snake.

-मृगः the spotted antelope.

-मेखलः a peacock.

-योधिन् a. fighting in a wonderful manner; लब्धास्त्रश्चित्रयोधी च मनस्वी च दृढवतः 5.17.3. (-m.) an epithet of Arjuna.

-रथः 1 the sun.

-2 N. of a king of the Gandharvas, one of the sixteen sons of Kaśyapa by his wife Muni; अत्र मुनेस्तनयश्चित्रसेनादीनां पञ्चदशानां भ्रातॄणामधिको गुणैः षोडश- श्चित्ररथो नाम समुत्पन्नः K.136; V.1.

-लिखनम् painting.

-लिखित a.

1 painted.

-2 dumb, motionless (as in a picture).

-लेख a. of beautiful outlines, highly arched; रुचिस्तव कलावती रुचिरचित्रलेखे श्रुवौ Gīt.1.

(-खा) 1 a portrait, picture.

-2 N. of a friend and companion of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa. [When Uṣā related to her her dream, she suggested the idea of taking the portraits of all young princes in the neighbourhood; and on Uṣā's recognising Aniruddha, Chitralekhā, by means of her magical power, conveyed him to her palace.]

-लेखकः a painter.

-लेखनिका a painter's brush.

-वदालः the sheat-fish.

-वनम् N. of a forest near the Gaṇḍakī.

-वाजः a cock.

-विचित्र a.

1 vari- ously coloured, variegated.

-2 multiform.

-विद्या the art of painting.

-शाला a painter's studio.

-शिखण्डिन् m. an epithet of the seven sages:--मरीचि, अङ्गिरस्, अत्रि, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ; मरीचिरत्र्यङ्गिरसौ पुलस्त्यः पुलहः क्रतुः । वसिष्ठश्च महातेजास्ते हि चित्रशिखण्डिनः ॥ Mb.12.335.29. ˚जः an epithet of Bṛihaspati.

-शिरस् m.

-शीर्षकः a kind of venomous insect.

-श्रीः great or wonderful beauty.

-संस्थ a. painted.

-हस्तः a particular position of the hands in fighting.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > चित्र _citra
18 pie1

¹ = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.

Ex. She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.

Ex. The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.

Ex. The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.

----

* alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.

* al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).

* al pie de la letra = to the letter.

* andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.

* andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.

* apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.

* a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.

* a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.

* a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.

* apoyo para los pies = footrest.

* arrastrando los pies = shuffling.

* arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* arreglarse los pies = pedicure.

* atar de pies y manos = hogtie.

* bajo los pies = underfoot.

* baño de pies = footbath.

* bomba de pie = foot pump.

* buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.

* buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.

* buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.

* caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.

* carrera a pie = foot race.

* comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.

* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.

* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.

* con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.

* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.

* con pie firme = sure-footed.

* con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.

* cuidado de los pies = footcare.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dedo del pie = toe.

* dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.

* dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.

* de dos pies = two-legged.

* dejar de pie = leave + standing.

* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.

* de nuevo en pie = up and about.

* de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.

* de pies ligeros = swift-footed.

* de pies planos = flat-footed.

* desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* distancia a pie = walking distance.

* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.

* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.

* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.

* en pie = up and about.

* en pie de guerra = on the warpath.

* entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.

* estar de pie = stand.

* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.

* freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].

* gente de a pie = ordinary people.

* hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.

* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.

* lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.

* levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.

* mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.

* no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.

* nota a pie de página = footnote.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.

* perchero de pie = coat-stand.

* perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.

* pie de atleta = athlete's foot.

* pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.

* pie de obra = building site.

* pie de página = footer.

* pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.

* pie de pie = standing.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.

* pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.

* planta del pie = sole.

* poner de pie = stand + upright.

* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.

* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.

* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.

* poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).

* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.

* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.

* retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.

* sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.

* sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.

* salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.

* seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.

* seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.

* seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.

* sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tiña del pie = tinea pedis.

* uña del pie = toenail.

* visita a pie = walking tour.

Spanish-English dictionary > pie1
19 κλῐ1νω

κλῐ1νω

Grammatical information: v.

Meaning: `incline (oneself), lean (on), sink, bend'.

Other forms: - ομαι, aor. κλῖναι, κλίνασθαι (Il.), pass. κλιθῆναι (Od.), κλινθῆναι (Il.;; Chantraine Gramm. hom. 1, 404 w. n. 2, Schwyzer 761), also κλινῆναι (Att.; prob. for *κλι-ῆναι; Schwyzer 760), fut. κλῐνῶ (Att.), perf. midd. κέκλῐμαι (Il.), with κέκλῐκα (Plb.),

Compounds: very often with prefix, e. g. ἀνα-, κατα-, παρα-, ἐν-, ἀπο-,

Derivatives: 1. from the root with δ-suffix: δι-κλί-δ-ες f. `double leaning, two-winged' (s. v.), ἐγκλίς ἡ καγκελλωτη θύρα (EM); παρα-, ἐγ-κλιδόν `turning aside, inclining' (Od.). 2. From a prefixed present with ending after the s-stems (Schwyzer 513): κατα-, ἐπι-, ἀπο-, ἐκ-, συγ-κλινής etc. `inclined away, slant etc.' (Hp., A.) with ἐπικλίν-εια (Heliol. Med.), συγκλιν-ίαι pl. (Plu.). 3. compounds with τη-suffix: παρα-, συγ-κλί-της `who lies beside or together at the table' (X.. Plu.), ἐπι-κλίν-της `who inclines to the side' (Arist.). - 4. κλειτύ̄ς (also κλῑτύς after κλί̄νω), ύος f. `slope, hill' (Il.; on the notation Schwyzer 506 w. n. 7). 5. κλεῖτος n. (A. R. 1, 599), κλῐ́τος n. (Lyc., LXX, AP) `slope, side'. - 6. κλίσις, most. in prefixcompp., e. g. ἀνά-, κατά-, ἀπό-κλισις `leaning back etc.' (IA.). - 7. κλίμα n. (with hell. ῐ for ει; Schwyzer 523) `inclination, slope, quarter, land', also ἔγκλι-μα etc. (Arist.), with κλιματίας `inclining' (Herakleit., Amm. Marc.), κλιματικός `belonging to the sone' (Vett. Val.). 8. κλῖμαξ, - ακος f. `trep, ladder, climax etc.' (Od.) with κλιμάκιον (IA.), - ίς (Att. inscr., hell.), κλιμακίσκοι πάλαισμα ποιόν H.; κλιμακίζω `use a grip called κλῖμαξ in the fighting', metaph. `bring down' (Att.); κλιμακωτός (Plb.), - ώδης (Str.) `like a trep'; also κλιμακ-τήρ `rug of a ladder' (IA.), `critical point of a mans life' (Varro) with κλιμακτηρικός, - τηρίζω (Gell., Vett. Val.); on the formation of κλῖμαξ (ῑ analog. for ει [*κλεῖ-μα] from κλί̄νω) Rodriguez Adrados Emerita 16, 133ff.; on κλιμακτήρ Chantraine Formation 327f. - 9. κλισμός `arm-chair' (Ion.Il.) with κλισμίον, - άκιον (inscr., Call.), `inclination, slope' (Arist.). - 10. ἀνά-κλιθρον `back of a chair' (Ptol.). - 11. κλίτα στοαί, κλίταν ( καὶ τάν cod.) στοάν H., prop. `leaning'; from there κλισία, Ion. - ίη `pile-dwelling, shed, chapel; arm-chair, resting-bed, tomb' ( Il.), κλίσιον nearly `annex, stoa' (ω 208, Delos III^a), also `annex, shed, chapel' (Lys., Paus.); often written κλεισίον (inscr.), also κλεισία f. `tavern' (ep.), perh. through adaptation to κλείω `lock' (diff. Schulze Q. 295 A. 3 and Fraenkel KZ 45, 168); from there κλεισιάδες ( θύραι) `doors of the κλ(ε)ισία, of the κλ(ε)ισίον' (Hdt., Ph., D. H., Plu.); details on κλισίη in Frisk Eranos 41, 59ff., Scheller Oxytonierung 61. - 12. ( ἐγ-, ἐκ-)κλιτικός `inflecting etc.' (gramm.); to ( ἔγ-, ἔκ-)κλισις. - From the present: 13. κλίνη `layer, bed, litter' (IA.; cf. Chantraine Formation 192) with κλινίς, - ίδιον, - ίον, - άριον (Com.), κλίνειος `belonging to a κλίνη' (D.), - ήρης `censorius' (Ph., J.); as 2. member in σύγ-κλινος `bedfellow' (Men.). - 14. κλιντήρ, - ῆρος m. `id.' (Od.) with κλιντήριον, - ίδιον, - ίσκος (Ar.), ἀνακλιν-τήρ `neighbour at table' (Ps.-Callisth.); παρακλίν-τωρ `id.' (AP); ἀνά-, ἐπί-κλιν-τρον `back (leaning) etc.' (Erot. in Poll., Ar., inschr. etc.).

Origin: IE [Indo-European] [600] *ḱlei- `lean'

Etymology: The yot-presens κλί̄νω \< *κλῐ́ν-ι̯ω, which is a Greek innovation, goes back on an older nasal-presens, seen in several languages but in diff. forms: Lat. clīnāre, Germ., e. g. OS hlinōn, OHG hlinēn \> lehnen, Balt., e. g. Latv. slìe-n-u, slìet, EastLith. šli-n-ù, šliñti `lean', Av. sri-nu-, ptc. sri-ta- `lean', prob. also Arm. li-ni-m, aor. ipv. le-r, `become, be'; the basis was athem. *ḱli-n-ā-mi. Beside this there was in Indo-Iranian and Baltic a thematic root-present, e. g. Skt. śrayati = Lith. (old a. dial.) šlejù `lean'. The originally only presentic nasal has in Latin and Germanic conquered the whole inflexion, but in Greek did not reach the perfect ( κέ-κλι-ται: Skt. śi-śri-y-é), partly also the passive aorist. - The Greek nominal derivations are mostly innovations; note, except ( ἄ)-κλιτος = Skt. śri-tá-, Av. sri-ta- `leaning', κλίσις, formally = Lith. šli-tì-s `shove-shed'; κλίτον = Germ. e. g. OHG lit `cover', NHG Augen- lid; beside it with full grade (as in κλει-τύς) e. g. OWNo. hlīð f. `slope'. As in κλίνη the nasal came in OHG hlina `reclinatorium'. - Several nominal formations in Bq s. v., Pok. 600ff., W.-Hofmann s. clīnō.

Page in Frisk: 1,874-875

Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > κλῐ1νω
20 वेङ्कट

veṅkaṭa
m. ( Prākṛit. for vyaṅkaṭa) N. of a very sacred hill in the Drāviḍa country (in the district of North Arcot, about 80 miles from Madras;

it reaches an elevation of about 2,500 feet above the sea-level, andﾠ on the summit is the celebrated temple dedicated to Kṛishṇa orﾠ Vishṇu in his character of « Lord of Veṇkaṭa», alsoﾠ called Ṡrī-pati orﾠ Tirupati, whence the hill is sometimes popularly known as Tri-pati;
it is annually thronged with thousands of pilgrims RTL. 267) BhP. ;
of a king of Vijaya-nagara (the patron. of Appaya Dīkshita) Cat. ;
( alsoﾠ with adhvarin, ācārya, kavi, bhaṭṭa, yajvan, yogin etc.) N. of various authors andﾠ teachers ib. ;
- वेङ्कटकवीय
- वेङ्कटकृष्ण
- वेङ्कटगिरि
- वेङ्कटनाथ
- वेङ्कटपति
- वेङ्कटभेट्
- वेङ्कटराम
- वेङ्कटराय
- वेङ्कटशुभाशास्त्रिन्

Sanskrit-English dictionary > वेङ्कट

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Hill School — Infobox Private School name = The Hill School motto= Whatsoever things are true. established = 1851 type = Co ed, Private, Boarding religion = None (Founded on Judeo Christian traditions) head name = Headmaster head = David R. Dougherty city =… … Wikipedia
The Hill, St. Louis — Infobox Settlement official name = The Hill nickname = motto = image map caption = Location in St. Louis, Missouri subdivision type = Neighborhood subdivision name = The Hill established title = established date = government type = leader title … Wikipedia
From the Earth to the Moon — This article is about the Jules Verne novel. For the 1958 film adaptation, see From the Earth to the Moon (film). For the unrelated miniseries, see From the Earth to the Moon (TV miniseries). From the Earth to the Moon … Wikipedia
Characters from The Seventh Tower — This is a detailed list of characters and their individual stories found in Garth Nix s The Seventh Tower book series. Tal : He could not believe how far he d come, and how far he had to go... Could he possibly be the same boy who d live all his… … Wikipedia
List of Tales from the Crypt episodes — The following is a list of episodes for the television series, Tales from the Crypt which aired from 1989 1996. During the series run, there were a total of 93 episodes and two feature length films. A third film was produced in 2001, after the… … Wikipedia
List of minor characters from The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy — The following is a list of minor characters in the various versions of The Hitchhiker s Guide to the Galaxy , by Douglas Adams.AgrajagAgrajag is a constantly reincarnated entity who ends up being killed multiple times by Arthur Dent. First… … Wikipedia
List of King of the Hill episodes — This is a list of episodes of the Fox animated television series King of the Hill. The series was originally broadcast from January 12, 1997, to May 6, 2010. Contents 1 Seasons 2 Episodes 2.1 Season 1: 1997 … Wikipedia
List of King of the Hill characters — King of the Hill is an American animated series created by Mike Judge and Greg Daniels.[1][2] The main characters are Hank Hill, Peggy Hill, Bobby Hill, Luanne Platter, Dale Gribble, Bill Dauterive, Jeff Boomhauer, Cotton Hill, Kahn… … Wikipedia
Hill Street Blues — Main title card Format Police procedural Created by Steven Bochco Michael Kozoll Starring … Wikipedia
The Tale of Mrs. Tiggy-Winkle — … Wikipedia
List of characters from the Dark Tower series — ProtagonistsKa tet of the Nineteen and Ninety nine Roland Deschain Roland Deschain, son of Steven Deschain, was born in the Barony of Gilead, in In World. Roland is the last surviving gunslinger, a man whose only goal is finding and climbing to… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

from the hill called

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

from the hill called

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: